technology | safety | experience Twenty years of experience, leading

technology | safety | experience Twenty years of experience, leading
technology | safety | experience
Twenty years of experience,
leading position in the market as a
manufacturer & provider of
comprehensive solutions & systems for fibre optics,
guarantee of success and satisfaction
for existing and future customers.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS .........................................................................................................................................1
FIELD OF APPLICATION ICONS ...........................................................................................................3
STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATES .......................................................................................................3
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS ............................................................................................................6
1. INTERCONNECT COMPONENTS
E-2000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ...........................................................................8
E-2000 PS DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS......................................................................8
F-3000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ...........................................................................9
LC CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ....................................................................................................9
MU CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ...................................................................................................9
SC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS.................................................................................10
SC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .............................................................................10
FC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .................................................................................11
FC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .............................................................................11
ST DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .................................................................................12
ST MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .............................................................................12
MT-RJ CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS............................................................................................13
DIN, FSMA CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .....................................................................................13
FUSION CONNECTORS.....................................................................................................................14
CRIMP&CLEAVE DIAMOND CONNECTORS ......................................................................................14
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS SUMMARY .....................................................................................15
HYBRID ADAPTERS...........................................................................................................................16
FIBRE OPTIC ATTENUATORS ............................................................................................................17
FIBRE OPTIC TERMINATORS ............................................................................................................17
MULTIPIGTAILS, MULTIPATCHCORDS...............................................................................................18
MULTIPURPOSE PIGTAIL ..................................................................................................................19
OTDR DEAD ZONE FIBRE BOX .........................................................................................................19
PSB FIBRE OPTIC EXTENSION CORD ...............................................................................................20
BZK FIBRE OPTIC CABLE EXTENSION DRUM ..................................................................................20
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS ............................................................................................................21
2. PASSIVE DEVICES
MULTIPLEXING..................................................................................................................................24
CR-3 OPTICAL CIRCULATOR ............................................................................................................26
CR-4 & CR-8 OPTICAL CIRCULATORS .............................................................................................27
WDM MULTIPLEXER .........................................................................................................................28
FWDM MULTIPLEXER .......................................................................................................................29
EWDM EDGE MULTIPLEXER.............................................................................................................30
CWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER.......................................................................................31
DWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER.......................................................................................32
FBT COUPLER...................................................................................................................................33
PLC SPLITTER ..................................................................................................................................34
IZL OPTICAL ISOLATOR ....................................................................................................................35
MPPO CLOSURE...............................................................................................................................36
PPO-19 FRAME ................................................................................................................................36
MS MODULE.....................................................................................................................................37
KS-3E, KSH TRAYS ...........................................................................................................................37
3. OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
PS-3 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ............................................................................................40
PS-5 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ............................................................................................41
PS-8 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ............................................................................................42
PSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX................................................................................43
COMPACT FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX PSM-4 .......................................................................43
MSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE BOX ..........................................................................................44
MK-5 SPLICE BOX ............................................................................................................................44
MK-72, MK-144 SPLICE BOX...........................................................................................................45
NMS-4, NMS-6 WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOX................................................................................46
PSH-2 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX........................................................................47
PSH-3 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX........................................................................48
19” PATCH PANEL PS-19 .................................................................................................................49
19” PATCH PANEL ADAPTER PLATE CUT-OUTS ..............................................................................50
19” EXCESS CABLE TRAY SZ-19 .....................................................................................................50
19” DISTRIBUTION PANEL BK-19 ....................................................................................................51
19” PATCH PANEL BPK-19...............................................................................................................51
19” SPLICE PANEL BP-19 ................................................................................................................52
PS-19/120/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL.........................................................................................53
MODULES MPS-19/12, MPS-19/12/K.............................................................................................53
PS-19/144/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL.........................................................................................54
MODULE MPS-19/12/W...................................................................................................................54
PS-19/144/4U MODULAR PATCH PANEL.........................................................................................55
MODULE MPK-12.............................................................................................................................55
19” CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET STP-19 ..........................................................................................56
PSU-1 (VER. 350 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET.........................................................................57
PSU-1 (VER. 600 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET..........................................................................58
MODULES MPK-48, MPK-72 (FOR PSU-1) ......................................................................................59
PSU-300/432 CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET.......................................................................................60
MODULE MPK-12 (FOR PSU-300/432)............................................................................................61
PS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION FRAME .......................................................................................62
STREET CABINETS PU......................................................................................................................63
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - SUMMARY ...............................................................................64
CABLE DUCTING SYSTEM................................................................................................................65
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ...................................................................................66
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ...................................................................................67
FIBRE MANIFOLDS ...........................................................................................................................68
SPLICE TRAYS...................................................................................................................................69
CABLE ORGANISERS UT...................................................................................................................70
HEAT SHRINK SPLICE PROTECTORS ...............................................................................................70
PROTECTIVE TUBES AND CONDUITS ...............................................................................................71
4. FIBRE OPTIC CABLE STANDARD KIT
UFC FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ................................................................................................74
FRBU FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ..............................................................................................75
FDN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ................................................................................................76
MUF-1 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE............................................................................................77
MUF-2 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE............................................................................................78
MUF-3 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE............................................................................................79
MUF-4 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE............................................................................................80
SPLICE CLOSURES AND CONNECTION SHEATS - SUMMARY ........................................................81
NON-HEATSHRINK CABLE SEAL CABLELOK ...................................................................................82
CABLE GLAND OPGW-2 ..................................................................................................................83
ADSS CABLE GLAND........................................................................................................................83
BRACKETS AND CLASPS..................................................................................................................84
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-1 .................................................................................................85
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-3 .................................................................................................85
SZ-1, SZ-1.2, SZ-1.3 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES ....................................................................86
SZ-2, SZ-2.2, SZ-2.3 CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAMES...................................................................87
SZ-3 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE FRAME....................................................................................................88
SZ-4, SZ-4.2 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX.......................................................................................89
SZ-5 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX....................................................................................................90
SZ-6 CABLE UNCOILING RACK ........................................................................................................91
SZ-7/N CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAME ...........................................................................................92
SZKL SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX ...................................................................................................93
SZ-8 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX....................................................................................................94
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND RACKS - SUMMARY ..............................................................95
5. FTTX ACCESS NETWORKS
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS DEVELOPMENTS ...............98
STREET CABINET PU - FTTX DISTRIBUTION NODE .......................................................................100
PSP FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ...........................................................................................101
PSPE FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX .........................................................................................102
SZKL EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOX ....................................................................................103
PSMO MULTI-OPERATOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ...............................................................................104
PSH-2 OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ...........................................................................................105
HPC1628 EASY ACCESS FIBRE......................................................................................................106
HPC1626 EASY ACCESS FIBRE......................................................................................................107
ACCESSORIES FOR EASY ACCESS CABLES .................................................................................108
BRANCH BOXES .............................................................................................................................109
SZKLD EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOXES ..............................................................................110
MP-16D SHAFT SPLICE BOX..........................................................................................................111
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS WITH DETACHED HOUSES ...112
PSS-1, PSS-2 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ..........................................................114
PSS-3, PSS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ..........................................................115
PS-CCS-1 SPLICE CLOSURE/CROSS-CONNECT SPLICE BOX.......................................................116
CONTENTS
NMS-6 OUTDOOR SPLICE CLOSURE/OPTICAL CROSS - CONNECT SPLICE BOX.........................117
CABLING WITHIN CUSTOMER APARTMENT...................................................................................118
NGO-12 WALL-MOUNTED FIBRE OPTIC OUTLET ..........................................................................120
SUBSCRIBER PIGTAIL WITH G.657 A2 FIBRE .................................................................................121
6. MICRODUCTS
FIBRE UNITS ...................................................................................................................................124
MINICABLES ...................................................................................................................................125
DIRECT BURY METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DBMF .........................................................................126
PRIMARY MICROTUBES 1DBMF ....................................................................................................127
HEAVY-WALL MICRODUCT BUNDLES DBMF .................................................................................128
HEAVY-WALL TUBE BUNDLES DBMF.............................................................................................129
DIRECT BURY MICRODUCTS DB ....................................................................................................130
DIRECT INSTALL MICRODUCTS DI .................................................................................................131
LOW FIRE HAZARD MICRODUCTS LFH..........................................................................................132
AERIAL FIGURE-8 MICRODUCTS....................................................................................................133
DIRECT BURY FILLED METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DBFMF...........................................................133
DIRECT INSTALL METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DIMF ......................................................................134
DIRECT BURY CLOSURES...............................................................................................................135
AERIAL BRANCH CLOSURE EMT-9257..........................................................................................135
LOW FIRE HAZARD INTERNAL CLOSURES ....................................................................................136
MICROTUBE CONNECTORS ...........................................................................................................137
BLOWING EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................................138
TOOL KIT EMT-9087 ......................................................................................................................139
EMT-9087 TOOL KIT ......................................................................................................................140
ADDITIONAL TOOLS .......................................................................................................................140
7. AERIAL NETWORKS
NSR-12 AERIAL DISTRIBUTION BOX ..............................................................................................144
CCU5032 AERIAL CABLE................................................................................................................145
CCU5031 AERIAL CABLE................................................................................................................146
CCU5030 AERIAL CABLE................................................................................................................147
LTA1597 AERIAL CABLE .................................................................................................................148
LTA1596 UNIVERSAL CABLE ..........................................................................................................149
CCU1577 UNIVERSAL CABLE.........................................................................................................150
UNC1636 AERIAL CABLE ...............................................................................................................151
UNC1630 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE................................................................................................152
UNC1629 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE................................................................................................153
AC6, AC7, AC10 ANCHORING CLAMP ............................................................................................154
SC39B SUSPENSION CLAMP .........................................................................................................155
SC39C SUSPENSION CLAMP .........................................................................................................155
Z30/34 SUSPENSION CLAMP ........................................................................................................156
SS1025 SUSPENSION BELT ...........................................................................................................156
SRO PULLEY ...................................................................................................................................156
ACADSS ANCHORING CLAMP ........................................................................................................157
JHC1015, JHC1520 J-HOOK CLAMP ............................................................................................157
GSHS AR HELICAL SUSPENSION....................................................................................................158
GSDE AR HELICAL DEAD END........................................................................................................159
UPB UNIVERSAL POLE BRACKET ...................................................................................................160
CT8 UNIVERSAL CONSOLE ............................................................................................................160
CS CONSOLE + BQC12X50 HOOK BOLT .......................................................................................161
CS1500 POLE BRACKET ................................................................................................................161
EC13, EC13T GROUNDING CLAMP ................................................................................................162
EW49, EWI46 GROUNDING WIRE ...................................................................................................162
ER1610R, ER2012 GROUNDING ROD............................................................................................163
ERC16, ERC20 COPPER CLAMP ....................................................................................................163
8. FTTA NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS .........................................................................166
PSH-4 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME.................................................................168
PSH-3 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME.................................................................169
FTTA SYSTEM PATCHCORDS .........................................................................................................170
UNC1630, UNC1634 CABLE ..........................................................................................................171
9. TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
ZEUS SPLICING KIT.........................................................................................................................174
DCU FIBRE OPTIC CUTTER .............................................................................................................175
FITEL S FUSION SPLICERS .............................................................................................................176
FSM-60S SINGLE FIBRE ARC FUSION SPLICER.............................................................................177
MI-DIAMOND FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE..........................................178
OFS-300 FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE .................................................178
FIS FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE...........................................................178
VIM - DIAMOND VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ......................................................................179
CI-1100, DI-1000 - VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPES ...............................................................179
HUX FERRULE CLEANER ................................................................................................................180
SMART CLEANER FERRULE CLEANER ..........................................................................................180
CZZO, TCZ, PSP, ISP, CHBP - CLEANING TOOLS.............................................................................180
WZKCZD FIELD CONNECTOR CLEANNESS CONTROL SUITCASE KIT...........................................181
WMOKS FIBRE OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION KIT ..........................................................................181
KNIVES AND STRIPPERS FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CABLES.................................................................182
MK III A CABLE TIE TENSIONING GUN ............................................................................................182
OZRWL CABLE MARKER ROLL DISPENSER ..................................................................................183
OZNL CABLE MARKERS ON STICK DISPENSER ............................................................................183
FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR CABLE TAGS ............................................................................................183
10. MEASURING EQUIPMENT
YOKOGAWA AQ7275 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .........................................................................186
YOKOGAWA AQ1200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .........................................................................187
NOYES OFL280 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .................................................................................188
NOYES M200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER.....................................................................................189
NOYES TURBOSET 500 INSERTION AND REFLECTION LOSS METER ...........................................190
OLTS5 INSERTION LOSS METER....................................................................................................190
CSM SERIES POWER METER .........................................................................................................191
OPM SERIES POWER METER .........................................................................................................191
CSS1 LIGHT SOURCE .....................................................................................................................192
OLS LIGHT SOURCE .......................................................................................................................192
OFI OPTICAL FIBRE IDENTIFICATOR ...............................................................................................193
VOA6-SM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR.................................................................................................194
VOA5-MM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR................................................................................................194
SVA1 TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ........................................................................................................194
FTS OPTICAL PHONE......................................................................................................................195
SOC, UCI ADAPTERS.......................................................................................................................195
11. ACTIVE EQUIPMENT
BRIDGES AND MEDIA CONVERTERS..............................................................................................198
OPTICAL TRANSPORT PLATFORMS CWDM/DWDM ......................................................................198
INDUSTRIAL CONVERTERS ............................................................................................................198
FTTO COMPONENTS ......................................................................................................................199
ACCESS PLATFORM .......................................................................................................................199
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES .............................................................................................................200
12. GLOSSARY
13. INDEX
FIELD OF APPLICATION ICONS
TELECOM
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PON
PASSIVE OPTICAL NETWORKS
ACCESS NETWORKS
xWDM
WDM, CWDM, DWDM NETWORKS
CATV
CABLE TV
Industry
POWER AND MINING INDUSTRIES, AUTOMATICS AND CONTROL,
MILITARY APPLICATIONS
MAN
METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORKS
AERIAL APPLICATIONS
WAN
WIDE AREA NETWORKS
FIBRE TO THE ANTENNA
LAN
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
INTERNAL APPLICATIONS
FTTx
FIBRE TO THE X (OFFICE, HOME, DESK)
EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS
ACCESS
STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATES
The products listed in this catalogue are compliant with the following standards:
FIBRE DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
SMA
• EN ETS 300119, PN-EN 60825-2:2005,
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
ITU-L.50. ZN-06 TP S.A.-009
• IEC 61754-22
OUTSIDE PLANT EQUIPMENT
MTRJ
• EN 50411-2-4, PN-EN 60825-2:2005,
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
ZN-96/TP S.A. -008
• IEC 61754-18
FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTORS
LC
• E-2000 (LSH)
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• IEC 61754-20
• IEC 61754-15
MU
SC
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• IEC 61754-6
• IEC 61754-4
F-3000
FC
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• IEC 61754-20
• IEC 61754-13
SAFETY OF FIBRE OPTIC
ST
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
• ZN-05 TP SA-044
• EN60825-2
• IEC 61754-2
* OPTOMER reserves the right to modify the products without the negative influence on their performance.
1
The rapid development of fibre optic technology, the use of next-generation technical solutions in optical
telecommunication and the increasing complexity of modern optical fibre communication systems, require
application of a very high performance fibre optic connectors and adapters. These components play
a very important role, particularly in high connector capacity ODFs and whenever there is a need of frequent
reconnections. This is the case in fibre optic access networks, where the optical fibre is deployed from central
office through an outside plant network components, to the street cabinets or directly to the subscriber.
The linking mechanism in the majority of fibre optic connectors is based on interfacing the fibres fixed in
cylindrical zirconia ceramic ferrules mated in high precision alignment sleeves. To ensure precise fibre core
positioning in a ferrule, the ideal concentricity of a fibre in a ferrule bore is required. The entire manufacturing
process is focused on maintaining a very high precision of fibre positioning in a ferrule bore and a high quality
of ferrule endface polishing.
Moreover, OPTOMER offers fibre optic cable assemblies terminated with DIAMOND connectors equipped with
hybrid ferrules using Active Core Alignment technology and high performance connectors with fully ceramic
ferrules.
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
INTERCONNECT COMPONENTS
SPIS TREŚCI
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS .................................................................... 5
E-2000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ..................................... 7
E-2000 PS DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ................................ 7
F-3000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ..................................... 8
LC CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ............................................................. 8
MU CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ............................................................ 8
SC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ............................................ 9
SC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ......................................... 9
FC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ........................................... 10
FC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS........................................ 10
ST DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ........................................... 11
ST MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS........................................ 11
MT-RJ CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ..................................................... 12
DIN, FSMA CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS............................................... 12
FUSION CONNECTORS ............................................................................ 13
CRIMP&CLEAVE DIAMOND CONNECTORS ............................................... 13
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS SUMMARY............................................... 14
HYBRID ADAPTERS ................................................................................. 15
FIBRE OPTIC ATTENUATORS .................................................................... 16
FIBRE OPTIC TERMINATORS .................................................................... 16
MULTIPIGTAILS, MULTIPATCHCORDS ....................................................... 17
MULTIPURPOSE PIGTAIL ......................................................................... 18
OTDR DEAD ZONE FIBRE BOX ................................................................. 18
PSB FIBRE OPTIC EXTENSION CORD ....................................................... 19
BZK FIBRE OPTIC CABLE EXTENSION DRUM............................................ 19
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS .................................................................... 20
6
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS
DIAMOND
PIGTAIL
one end terminated cable
PATCHCORD
both ends terminated cable
CONNECTOR STANDARDS:
CABLE DIAMETERS:
• E-2000/PC SM
• 0.9 mm
- tight buffered fibre
• E-2000/APC SM
• 0.9 mm EasyStrip
- easy-strip buffered fibre
• E-2000 0.1dB SM*
• 2.0 mm / 2x2.0 mm - 2.0 mm simplex/duplex cable
• E-2000 PS SM**
• 2.4 mm / 2x2.4 mm - 2.4 mm simplex/duplex cable
• E-2000 IP65*
• 3.0 mm / 2x3.0 mm - 3.0 mm simplex/duplex cable
• E-2000 MM
• SC/PC SM
• SC/APC SM
• SC MM
• FC/PC SM
OPTICAL FIBRE STANDARDS:
• FC/APC SM
• SM (G652D)
- singlemode 9 μm
- yellow
• ST/PC SM
• MM 50 (G651) OM2
- multimode 50 μm
- orange
• ST/APC SM
• MM 50 (G651) OM3
- multimode 50 μm
- light blue
• F-3000/PC SM
• MM 62.5 (G651) OM1 - multimode 62.5 μm
- green
• F-3000/APC SM
• SM Jn (G655)
- singlemode fibre non-zero dispersion shifted
- brown
• F-3000/APC 0.1dB SM*
• SM Jp (G653)
- singlemode fibre dispersion shifted
- red
• LC/PC SM
• SM XB (G657)
- singlemode fibre bending loss insensitive
- grey/white
• LC/APC SM
• POF
- plastic optical fibre
- black
• MU/APC SM
• MU/PC SM
• MU/PC MM
• MTRJ/male
• MTRJ/female
• DIN/PC SM
• FSMA/PC SM
* - connector with improved
transmission characteristics
** - connectors dedicated for transmission of up to 3W optical power
7
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS
CONFIGURATION:
A - connector type no 1
B - connector type no 2 (only for patchcords)
C - the length of cable or buffered fibre
D - SM - singlemode 9 µm
D - MM - multimode 62.5 μm or 50 μm
E - the cable diameter - S - cable outer diameter: 2.0 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.8 mm or 3.0 mm
E - the cable diameter - T - buffered fibre 900 μm
E - the cable diameter - S62 - for multimode fibre 62.5 μm cable outer diameter: 2.0 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.8 mm or 3.0 mm
E - the cable diameter - T62 - multimode fibre 62.5 μm buffered fibre 900 μm
E - the cable diameter - S50 - for multimode fibre 50 μm cable outer diameter: 2.0 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.8 mm or 3.0 mm
E - the cable diameter - T50 - multimode fibre 50 μm buffered fibre 900 μm
G - 1J - SIMPLEX SM - singlemode simplex cable
G - 2J - DUPLEX SM - singlemode duplex cable
G - 1G - SIMPLEX MM - multimode simplex cable
G - 2G - DUPLEX MM - multimode duplex cable
G - 4J, 6J, 8J, 12J, 18J, 24J, 48J lub 4G, 6G, 8G, 12G, 18G, 24G, 48G - for multi-fibres cables, singlemode or multimode
PIGTAIL
PATCHCORD
A
B
E2A SCA
C
D
E
G
0.5
SM
S
1J
CONNECTOR STANDARD:
• E2A - E-2000/APC DIAMOND
• E2P - E-2000/PC DIAMOND
• E2AR - E-2000/APC 0.1dB DIAMOND
• F3P - F-3000/APC DIAMOND
• F3A - F-3000/PC DIAMOND
• F3AR - F-3000/APC 0.1dB DIAMOND
EXAMPLES OF CONFIGURATIONS:
• SC/05/MM/S62/1G
- Pigtail MM SC 5 m cable 2.0 mm 1G 62.5 μm
• E2A/E2P/10/SM/S/1J - Patchcord SM E-2000/APC - E-2000/PC DIAMOND 10 m cable 2.0 mm
• SCA/SCP/16/SM/S/1J - Patchcord SM SC/APC - SC/PC 16 m cable 2.0 mm
• SCA/LCP/05/SM/S/2J - Patchcord SM SC/APC - LC/PC 5 m duplex cable 2.0 mm
• SC8/SC8/04/SM/S/1J - Patchcord SM SC/APC - SC/APC DIAMOND 4 m cable 2.0 mm
• SCA - SC/APC
• SCP - SC/PC
• SC8 - SC/APC DIAMOND
• SC0 - SC/PC DIAMOND
• SC
- SC MM
• FC8 - FC/APC DIAMOND
• FC0 - FC/PC DIAMOND
• FCP - FC/PC
• FCA - FC/APC
• STP - ST/PC
• ST0 - ST/PC DIAMOND
• LCP - LC/PC
• LCA - LC/APC
• MUP - MU/PC
8
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1010
E-2000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• assembled according to Active Core Alignment technology
• high performance of 0.1 dB APC connectors due to the light emission angle control and application of high precision
adapter sleeves.
• adapters E-2000 IP65 designed to meet binding requirements, reliability and safety in uncontrolled environments
• adapters E-2000 IP65 recommended for use in mining and petrochemical industries as well as in telecommunication
systems located in harsh environments, guarantees splash-proof and dust-proof connections
• comply with the standards: EN60825-1, EN60825-2 (eye protection), IEC61754-15, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in MM, SM, PC, APC and in duplex versions
E-2000 DIAMOND connectors and adapters
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
connector type
MM PC 0°
0.15
40
±0.1
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
operating temperature [°C]
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
2.5
E2
E-2000 DIAMOND
E-2000 0.1dB DIAMOND
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
SM APC 8°
0.15
0.15
0.15
50
70
85
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
– 40 to +85
2.5
2.5
2.5
E2P
E2A
E2AR
test conditions
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over service life
depending on cable specification
ORDERING:
E-2200.2-22 - adapter simplex E-2000/APC SM
E2A/02.5/SM/T/1J - pigtail E-2000/APC SM L=2.5 m cable 900 μm SM
Adapter E-2000 IP65
E2AIP - adapter simplex E-2000/APC SM IP65
OPTOCODE
A1030
E-2000 PS DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• the E-2000 PS System is designed for high power applications up to 3 Watts optical power
• developed to support the continuous rise of higher bit rates and longer transmission distances, within DWDM
technology, and is based on expanded beam technology
• a section of graded index fibre is introduced as a collimating lens, which enlarges the beam diameter and reduces
power density at the connector interface
• all of the features of the E-2000 family, are available from the E-2000 PS, including: ease of installation, integrated
protection caps, color coding, mechanical keying and excellent vibration resistance
• angle of polishing is 4°
• comply with the standards: EN60825-1, EN60825-2 (eye protection), IEC61754-15, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
E-2000 PS DIAMOND
SM APC 4°
0.2
85
±0.1
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
– 40 to +85
2.5
E2APS
connector type
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
operating temperature [°C]
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
E-2000 PS DIAMOND connectors and adapters
test conditions
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over service life
depending on cable specification
ORDERING:
E-2201.2 PS - adapter simplex E-2000/APC PS
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
9
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1040
F-3000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• assembled according to Active Core Alignment technology
• small-form-factor construction, ferrule 1.25 mm
• provide the highest transmission and operating parameters
• comply with the standards: EN60825-1, EN60825-2 (eye protection), IEC61754-20, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
• fully LC standard compatible
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
F-3000 DIAMOND
F-3000 0.1dB DIAMOND
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
0.15
0.15
max. 0.1
max. 0.1
50
70
50
85
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
– 40 to +85
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
F3P
F3A
F3PR
F3AR
connector type
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
operating temperature [°C]
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
test conditions
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over service life
depending on cable specification
F-3000 DIAMOND connectors and adapters
ORDERING:
F-3108.6/APC - adapter simplex F-3000/APC SM
F3A/02/SM/T/1J - pigtail F-3000/APC SM buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D L=2 m
OPTOCODE
A1050
FEATURES:
LC CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
• small-form-factor construction, ferrule 1.25 mm
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-20, PN-EN50377-7-4, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
connector type
MM PC 0°
0.15
50
±0.1
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
operating temperature [°C]
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
1.25
LC
LC
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
max. 0.1
max. 0.1
50
70
±0.1
±0.1
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
– 40 to +85
1.25
1.25
LCP
LCA
test conditions
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over service life
depending on cable specification
ORDERING:
ALC/PC SM - adapter simplex LC/PC SM
LCP/02/SM/T/1J - pigtail LC/PC SM, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, L=2 m
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
OPTOCODE
A1060
FEATURES:
xWDM
Industry
LC connectors and adapters
MU CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
• small-form-factor construction, ferrule 1.25 mm
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-6
• available in PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
connector type
MM PC 0°
0.15
40
±0.1
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
operating temperature [°C]
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
1.25
MU
MU
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
0.2
0.2
50
70
±0.1
±0.1
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
– 40 to +85
1.25
1.25
MUP
MUA
test conditions
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over service life
depending on cable specification
ORDERING:
AMU/PC SM - adapter simplex MU/PC SM
MUP/02.5/SM/T/1J - pigtail MU/PC SM, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, L=2.5 m
TELECOM
ACCESS
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
MU connectors and adapters
10
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1070
SC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• assembled according to Active Core Alignment technology
• provide the highest transmission and operating parameters
• comply with the standards: IEC-61754-4, PN-EN186260:2000, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in MM, SM, PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SC DIAMOND
connector type
SM APC 8°
0.15
0.1
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
50
70
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
SC DIAMOND connectors and adapters
test conditions
SM PC 0°
– 40 to +85
depending on cable specification
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
2.5
code
SC0
SC8
ORDERING:
MSC-S0.2 - adapter simplex SC/PC Diamond SM
SC8/02/SM/T/1J - pigtail SC/APC Diamond SM, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, L=2 m
OPTOCODE
A1080
SC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• monoblock connector with zirconia ceramic ferrule
• comply with the standards IEC-61754-4, PN-EN186260:2000, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in MM, SM, PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SC
connector type
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
0.2
0.15
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
40
55
65
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
SC connectors and adapters
test conditions
MM PC 0°
– 40 to +85
depending on cable specification
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
2.5
2.5
code
SC
SCP
SCA
ORDERING:
ASC/PC SM - adapter simplex SC/PC SM
SCP/02.5/SM/T/1J - pigtail SC/APC SM, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, length 2.5 m
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
11
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1090
FC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• assembled according to Active Core Alignment technology
• provide the highest transmission and operating parameters
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-13, PN-EN50377-2-1, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in PC and APC versions, and in duplex construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FC DIAMOND
connector type
test conditions
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
0.2
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
50
70
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
depending on cable specification
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
2.5
code
FC0
FC8
FC DIAMOND connectors and adapters
ORDERING:
MPC-S0.22 - adapter simplex FC/PC SM Diamond D-flange
FC0/02/SM/S/1J - pigtail FC/PC SM Diamond, buffered fibre 900 μm, L=2 m
OPTOCODE
A1100
FC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• monoblock connector with zirconia ceramic ferrule
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-13, PN-EN50377-2-1, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in MM, SM, PC and APC versions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FC
connector type
test conditions
MM PC 0°
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
0.2
0.15
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
40
55
65
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
depending on cable specification
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
2.5
2.5
code
FC
FCP
FCA
ORDERING:
AFC/PC SM - adapter simplex FC/PC SM D-flange
connectors and adapters FC
FCP/02.5/SM/T/1J - pigtail FC/PC SM, buffered fibre 900 μm, L=2.5 m
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
12
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1110
ST DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• assembled according to Active Core Alignment technology
• provide the highest transmission and operating parameters
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-2, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in SM PC version
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
ST DIAMOND
connector type
test conditions
SM PC 0°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
55
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
code
ST0
depending on cable specification
ORDERING:
MST-S0.2 - adapter simplex ST/PC SM Diamond
ST DIAMOND connectors and adapters
ST0/02/SM/S/1J - pigtail ST/PC SM Diamond, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, L=2.5 m
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
OPTOCODE
A1120
ST MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• monoblock connector with zirconia ceramic ferrule
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-2, ZN-05/TP S.A.-044
• available in MM and SM PC versions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
ST
connector type
test conditions
MM PC 0°
SM PC 0°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
0.2
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
40
55
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
depending on cable specification
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
2.5
code
ST
STP
ORDERING:
AST/PC SM - adapter simplex ST/PC SM
STP/02.5/SM/T/1J - pigtail ST/PC SM, buffered fibre 900 μm G.652.D, L=2.5 m
ST connectors and adapters
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
13
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1130
MT-RJ CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• available in versions: male, female
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-18, EN 50377-9-1, EN 50377-9-2
• available in MM and SM PC versions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MT-RJ
connector type
test conditions
MM PC 0°
SM PC 0°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.3
0.3
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
35
45
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
ferrule diameter [mm]
code
depending on cable specification
-
-
MTRJ
MTRJP
ORDERING:
AMTRJ-F-SM - adapter MTRJ/PC SM
MTRJ/MTRJ/03/MM/S50/2G - patchcord duplex MTRJ-MTRJ MM both female, cable duplex 2.0 mm MM OM2. L=3 m
LAN
FTTx
PON
MT-RJ connectors and adapters
Industry
OPTOCODE
A1140
DIN, FSMA CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• used in measuring, medical and industrial equipment
• comply with the standards: CECC 86 135-801 (PC polished), CECC86 135-802 (APC polished)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DIN
connector type
insertion loss IL [dB]
FSMA
MM PC0°
SM PC0°
SM APC8°
MM PC0°
typ. 0.15; max. 0.4
typ. 0.2; max. 0.4
typ. 0.2; max. 0.4
typ. 0.6
min. 40
typ. 50
min. 70
typ. 12
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
ORDERING:
max. ± 0.1
± 0.2
DIN connectors and adapters
D-4106,66- - DIN connector
HMS-10.6/AG - FSMA connector
TELECOM
Industry
FSMA connector and adapter
14
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
FIELD-TERMINATED CONNECTORS
OPTOCODE
A1150
FUSION CONNECTORS
FEATURES:
• the FUSION connector system allows quick and easy field termination of high performance connectors
• with the performance expect from the highest quality connectors.
• the ferrule assembly consists of a factory-terminated fibre endface, fibre stub, and integrated splice protection.
• the fibre endface is core-centered via well-known Active Core Alignment process and factory-polished to the
company’s precise specifications.
• the FUSION connector are field terminated via a low loss fusion splice using the new ZEUS D50 Fusion Field
Termination Kit.
• the FUSION connectors are available for SM and MM fibre (250 μm, 600 μm & 900 μm) and cable (1.6 to 3.1 mm) in
both 0° PC or 8° APC versions.
• comply with the standards: IEC 61754-20. EN60825-1, EN60825-2 (eye protection), IEC61754 norms
E2000. SC housing for FUSION connector
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
DIAMOND FUSION
connector type
test conditions
MM PC 0°
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
insertion loss IL [dB]
0.2
0.2
0.25
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
return loss RL [dB]
40
50
70
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
over service life
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
–25 to +70
ferrule diameter [mm]
depending on cable specification
2.5
code
-
-
-
ORDERING:
ferrule for the FUSION connector
E-2000/APC CDR/3000 - E2000/APC for splicing on 3 mm cable
OPTOCODE
A1160
CRIMP&CLEAVE DIAMOND CONNECTORS
FEATURES:
• The Crimp & Cleave system is designed for field termination connectors E2000. SC, FC, ST
of 200/230 micron HCS-fibre.
• Typical uses include point to point installations over short distance requiring low data rate transmission, industrial
applications such as machine controls or sensors.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Crimp&Cleave - E-2000, SC, FC, ST
connector type
MM PC 0°
insertion loss IL [dB]
typ. 0.8
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
-
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
±0.2
over service life
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
– 40 to +85
ferrule diameter [mm]
2.5
code
-
ORDERING:
CRIMP&CLEAVE DIAMOND connector
E-2000 Crimp&Cleave connector
ACCESS
test conditions
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
depending on cable specification
15
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
ZESTAWIENIE ZŁĄCZY I ADAPTERÓW
±0.1
E2
50
±0.1
E2P
SM APC 8°
0.15
70
±0.1
E-2000 0.1 dB DIAMOND
SM APC 8°
0.15
85
±0.1
E2AR
E-2000 PS DIAMOND
SM APC 4°
0.2
85
±0.1
E2APS
SM PC 0°
0.15
50
±0.1
F3P
SM APC 8°
0.15
70
±0.1
F3A
SM PC 0°
max. 0.1
50
±0.1
F3PR
SM APC 8°
max. 0.1
85
±0.1
F3AR
MM PC 0°
0.15
50
±0.1
SM PC 0°
max. 0.1
50
±0.1
SM APC 8°
max. 0.1
70
±0.1
MM PC 0°
0.15
40
±0.1
MU
SM PC 0°
0.2
50
±0.1
MUP
SM APC 8°
0.2
70
±0.1
SM PC 0°
0.15
50
±0.1
SM APC 8°
0.1
70
±0.1
SC
FC DIAMOND
FC
ST DIAMOND
ST
MT-RJ
E-2000. SC, FC, ST
DIAMOND FUSION
test conditions
"Crimp&Cleave E-2000. SC, FC, ST"
MM PC 0°
0.2
40
±0.1
SM PC 0°
0.2
55
±0.1
SM APC 8°
0.15
65
±0.1
SM PC 0°
0.2
50
±0.1
SM APC 8°
0.2
70
±0.1
A1010
A1030
A1040
LC
LCP
A1050
A1060
MUA
– 40 to +85
SC0
SC8
A1070
SC
SCP
A1080
SCA
FC0
2.5
FC8
MM PC 0°
0.2
40
±0.1
FC
SM PC 0°
0.2
55
±0.1
FCP
SM APC 8°
0.15
65
±0.1
FCA
SM PC 0°
0.2
55
±0.1
ST0
MM PC 0°
0.2
40
±0.1
ST
SM PC 0°
0.2
55
±0.1
STP
MM PC 0°
0.3
35
±0.1
-
MTRJ
SM PC 0°
0.3
45
±0.1
-
MTRJP
2.5
-
MM PC 0°
0.2
40
±0.1
SM PC 0°
0.2
50
±0.1
SM APC 8°
0.25
70
±0.1
MM PC 0°
typ. 0.8
-
±0.2
– 40 to +85
depending
on cable
specification
SC DIAMOND
E2A
LCA
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
MU
1.25
over service life
LC
IEC 61300-3-6;
l=1300/1550 nm
F-3000 0.1 dB DIAMOND
IEC 61300-3-4;
l=1300/1550 nm
F-3000 DIAMOND
2.5
code
40
0.15
OPTOCODE
ferrule diameter [mm]
repeatability of IL [dB]
0.15
SM PC 0°
E-2000 DIAMOND
service life
return loss RL [dB]
MM PC 0°
connector type
insertion loss IL [dB]
operating temperature [°C]
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS SUMMARY
A1090
A1100
A1110
A1120
A1130
–25 to +70
A1150
2.5
-
A1160
16
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
HYBRID ADAPTERS
OPTOCODE
A1170
HYBRID ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• hybrid adapters are used to mate various connector standards, while keeping the angle of polishing
• the new generation of ceramic centering sleeves
• also available in male-female versions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
HYB. E-2000/FC SM APC hybrid adapter
adapter - side A
E2000
SC
SC
adapter - side B
type
FC
FC
ST
ST
FC
DIN
SC
SC
ST
ST
FC
DIN
DIN
DIN
APC
APC
APC
PC
PC
PC
housing colour
HYB.SC/E-2000 SM APC hybrid adapter
FC
DIN
MU
PC
PC
ceramic
APC
green
green
UPC
blue
blue
9.2 x 13.3
9,5 x 13.1
dimensions of the hole, where is
mounted adapter [mm]
-
nickel-plated bronze
ø9.0
operating temperature [°C]
4.5 x ø5.5
blue
7.8 x ø9.7
– 40 to + 85
ORDERING:
HYB.FC-SC/PC - hybrid adapter FC-SC/PC - fixing acc. FC standard
HYB.SC-FC/APC - hybrid adapter SC-FC/APC - fixing acc. SC standard
TELECOM
HYB. FC/SC SM APC hybrid adapter
HYB. E-2000/ST SM PC hybrid adapter
HYB. E-2000/DIN SM PC hybrid adapter
ACCESS
LC
APC
PC
the centering sleeve
ST
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
7.1 x 11.7
17
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
FIBRE OPTIC ATTENUATORS
OPTOCODE
A1190
FIBRE OPTIC ATTENUATORS
FEATURES:
• attenuators are used to adapt the transmitted light power to the characteristics of the implanted receiver
• available in SM, PC and APC versions
E2000
• available in male-male and male-female versions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SC
attenuator E-2000. SC, FC, ST, LC, MU
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
wavelength [nm]
1310/1550
attenuation [dB]
2
4
return loss RL [dB]
5
6
10
15
20
45
25
30
ST
70
service life
over 1000 mate/demate cycles
operating temperature [°C]
- 40 to +85
FC
*attenuators are also available for attenuations: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 dB
ORDERING:
LC
TL-SCP-SM-10dB - attenuator SC/PC 10dB
TL-SC0-SM-10dB - attenuator SC/APC 10dB
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
MU
xWDM
OPTOCODE
A1180
FIBRE OPTIC TERMINATORS
FEATURES:
• prevent the reflection of light that are present at open end systems
E-2000. F-3000. SC, FC
insertion loss IL [dB]
return loss RL [dB]
repeatability of IL [dB]
test conditions
SM PC 0°
SM APC 8°
0.15
0.2
IEC 61300-3-4; l=1300/1550 nm
45
70
IEC 61300-3-6; l=1300/1550 nm
over 500 mate/demate cycles
service life
±0.1
operating temperature [°C]
over service life
- 40 to +85
ORDERING:
fibre optic terminator SC
OTM E2000/APC - fibre optic terminator E2000/APC
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
18
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
SPECIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES
OPTOCODE
A1200
MULTIPIGTAILS, MULTIPATCHCORDS
FEATURES:
• cable bundles, can be terminated by E-2000, SC, LC, FC or ST connectors
• eliminate the need for splicing or mechanical connecting fibres in the field
• reduction of costs
• cable bundle can be protected by tubes or splittable corrugated tubes
• different configurations of endings - e.g. cascade
• available cable bundles:
- breakout - 2.0 mm cable inside - indoor application
- mini-breakout - buffered fibres 0.9 mm inside - indoor application
- PSKD - buffered fibres 0.9 mm inside - outdoor application
multipigtail 6-fibres, PSKD cable
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
multipigtail
multipatchcord
side A
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
side B
-
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
PSKD
cable
breakout (cables 2.0 mm)
mini breakout (tube 0.9 mm - W-STAC 0.9)
number of fibres
4J, 6J, 8J, 12J, 18J, 24J, 48J, 4G, 6G, 8G, 12G, 18G, 24G, 48G
fibre standard
SM or MM
length [m]
from 1.5 m
endings length [m]
minimum 0.5
CONFIGURATION:
multipigtail 24-fibres, mini-breakout cable
A
B
C
D
E
F
DESCRIPTION
WK
cable bundle
E2A
multipigtail E-2000/APC
E2A
E2A
multipatchcord E-2000/APC
SCA
SCA
multipatchcord SC/APC
SCP
SCP
multipatchcord SC/PC
LCP
LCP
multipatchcord LC/PC
4J
4-fibres
6J
6-fibres
12J
12-fibres
24J
24-fibres
48J
48-fibres
from 1.5 m
total length
SM
type of SM fibre
MM
type of MM fibre
* length should be defined when ordering
ORDERING:
WK/E2A/E2A/24J/25/SM - cable bundle - multipatchcord 24xE-2000/APC - 24xE-2000/APC, length: 25 m
multipatchcord 24-fibres, breakout cable
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
19
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
SPECIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES
OPTOCODE
A1210
MULTIPURPOSE PIGTAIL
FEATURES:
• connection of bare fibre to test and measurement devices or directly to telecommunication equipment
• no need to use fibre cutter
• available polished PC or APC in connectors standards: SC, FC, ST for SM and MM fibres
EQUIPMENT:
• patchcord
• adapter for bare fibre
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
type of fibre
PW-MM
PW-SM
multimode 62.5/125 μm
singlemode 9/125 μm
pigtail length
1
insertion loss IL [dB]
typ. < 0.5 dB
return loss RL [dB]
< 45 dB
adapter standard
SC, FC, ST
service life
min. 1000
operating temperature [°C]
-10 to +30
PW-SM Multipurpose Pigtail
TELECOM
Industry
ORDERING:
PW-SM-SC - multipurpose pigtail
OPTOCODE
A1220
OTDR DEAD ZONE FIBRE BOX
FEATURES:
• OTDR dead zone fibre is delivered wound on a drum, tight-buffered fibre 900 μm in length up to 2000 m
or cable 2.0 mm up to 200 m
• can be terminated with W-2000, SC, FC, ST or LC connectors
ORDERING:
WR-1/SC/2000 - the drum of OTDR dead zone fibre tight-buffered 900 μm, terminated with SC/PC connectors, length: 2000 m
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
xWDM
OTDR dead zone fibre
20
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
SPECIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES
OPTOCODE
A1230
PSB FIBRE OPTIC EXTENSION CORD
FEATURES:
• enables multiple winding and unwinding, and the safe use of fibre optic cable
• available connectors standards: E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
• one end of cable can be fixed permanently with patching plate to PSB, the second end can be protected by special tube
to unwind
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSB
cable length
500
cable diameter
200
7
10
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, F-3000, LC
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
510/700/250
ORDERING:
PSB fibre optic extension cord, L=500 m, cable PSKD 12FO, 12xSC/APC
PSB fibre optic extension cord
TELECOM
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
OPTOCODE
A1240
BZK FIBRE OPTIC CABLE EXTENSION DRUM
FEATURES:
• allows for storage of large length of cable
• can store different cable bundles, multipatchcords, multipigtails
• should be moved by 2 people
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
BZK
cable length
1000
cable diameter
700
7
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
10
800/580/510
ORDERING:
BZK - 1000 m
BZK fibre optic extension drum
TELECOM
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
21
INTERCONNECT
COMPONENTS
SPECIAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS
E-2000 RHA connector
• industrial applications such as field bus systems, machine controls and LAN installations requiring high data rate
or bandwidth transmission in a harsh environment
• leverages all the mechanical and optical performances as well as safety features
• rugged IP65 rated enclosure
• connector with Active Core Alignment
• integrated caps and shutters
• wide operating range
• self aligning, keyed housing
• connector can be terminated on most types of HCS, MM, and SM fibre
E-2000 RHA connector
E-2000 RHB connector
• typical applications include high data rate transmission, automation control, and offshore device termination in an
outdoor, unprotected, and unregulated environment
• RHB can be quickly and reliably field terminated via Fusion or Crimp & Cleave field termination systems
• RHB modular design allows for fibre counts from 6 to 24 (in 6 fibre increments) and can be terminated on most types
of HCS, MM, and SM fibre
• connectors are available in both PC and APC finishes providing both low insertion and high return loss
• rugged IP65 rated enclosure
• PG 29 cable entry (16-27.5 mm OD cable)
F-3000 CRB connector
• CRB connector system comes in either a single or dual channel configuration and provides exceptional optical
performance in a robust, water and shock resistant VG 95234 compliant housing
• CRB connector can be terminated on most MM and SM cable constructions
• available with Active Core Alignment in both PC and APC finishes providing both low insertion and high return loss
• CRB connector leverages all the mechanical and optical performances as well as safety features
• rugged IP65 rated enclosure
E-2000 RHB connector
X-BEAM connector
• X-BEAM is a genderless tactical fibre optic connector which uses lens based expanded beam technology for ease of
cleaning and mating in outdoor applications
• X-BEAM expands and collimates the transmission signal at the mating point
• the expanded beam technology reduces the impact of both misalignment as well as endface contamination
• the lens system encloses and protects the fibre end face allowing the connector to be quickly cleaned and mated in the
field without special tools
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
E-2000 RHA
E-2000 RHB
F-3000 CRB
X-BEAM
MM PC
SM PC
SM APC
MM PC
SM PC
SM APC
MM PC
SM PC
SM APC
MM
insertion loss
IL [dB]
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.7
return loss
RL [dB]
40
50
70
40
50
70
40
50
70
18
repeatability
of IL [dB]
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
service life
over 500 mate/demate cycles
over 2500 mate/
demate cycles
operating
temperature
[°C]
- 40 to +85
from - 50 to +65
number of fibres
ingress protection
OPTOCODE
2-4
IP65
IP65
1250
6, 12, 18, 24
IP65
IP65
F-3000 CRB connector
IP65
1260
1, 2
IP65
IP65
IP65
1270
4
IP65
IP65
A1280
ORDERING:
E-2000 RHA/4 - industrial connector 4 x E-2000/APC SM
E-2000 RHB/24 - industrial connector 24 x E-2000 SM/APC SM
F-3000 CRB/2 - industrial connector 2 x F-3000 SM/APC SM
X-BEAM - lens based connector
X-BEAM connector
Industry
2
In optical communication a single service is usually delivered via two optical fibres, therefore hardly utilizing
great potential of fibre medium. This way, service development or connection of new clients may lead to
situation where the existing count of fibres is not sufficient.
This problem can be solved by using time division multiplexing, wavelength division multiplexing (WDM,
CWDM, DWDM) or by bidirectional transmission of a wavelength in a single optical fibre (circulators).
Another multiplexing method is sharing a fibre medium by multiple users, achieved with two optical power
dividers (couplers and splitters).
Utilizing passive optical filters is both a reliable and cheap way to exploit optical fibre in a more
effective manner.
PASSIVE DEVICES
CONTENTS
PASSIVE DEVICES
MULTIPLEXING ..........................................................................................24
CR-3 OPTICAL CIRCULATOR ......................................................................26
CR-4 & CR-8 OPTICAL CIRCULATORS ........................................................27
WDM MULTIPLEXER ..................................................................................28
FWDM MULTIPLEXER ................................................................................29
EWDM EDGE MULTIPLEXER .......................................................................30
CWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER ..................................................31
DWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER ..................................................32
FBT COUPLER ...........................................................................................33
PLC SPLITTER ...........................................................................................34
IZL OPTICAL ISOLATOR .............................................................................35
MPPO CLOSURE........................................................................................36
PPO-19 FRAME .........................................................................................36
MS MODULE .............................................................................................37
KS-3E, KSH TRAYS ....................................................................................37
24
PASSIVE DEVICES
MULTIPLEXING
MULTIPLEXING
Wavelength division multiplexing is based on transmitting multiple wavelengths via single fibre. It may be achieved with use of optical passive components, such as: WDM,
CWDM or DWDM multiplexers/demultiplexers. The main differences between the mentioned systems are the number of optical channels and channel spacing.
In the simplest variant (WDM) only two wavelengths are transmitted through a single fibre. The most commonly used wvlengths in telecommunication are 1310 nm and
1550 nm. The CWDM standard enables transmission of up to 18 channels with 20 nm channel spacing. Due to high channel spacing these methods are considered to be the
cheapest ways of increasing the fibre optic network transmission capacity. In case of DWDM system the channel spacing is very narrow i.e. 1.6 nm, 0.8 nm or even 0.4 nm
and requires the application of expensive optical active components.
Another way of multiplying the transmission capacity of fibre optic network is the application of optical circulators. These devices enable transmission in a single fibre of
two signals with the same wavelength in opposite directions. Application of two circulators on both ends of single fibre optical track doubles the number of optical channels.
Hence, the service that used to be delivered via two fibres, can now be provided with only one.
Application of passive optical devices is a very quick and cheap way of network development. Choosing passive components special attention should be paid to select devices
with high channel isolation. Low channel isolation, depending on the performance of active equipment, may lead to transmission malfunction - the signal from the device
transmitter is received by the detector of the same device. In case of digital signal transmission OPTOMER recommends application of multiplexers with channel isolation not
less than 45 dB.
In order to simplify handling of passive components and their installation in existing optical distribution frames, OPTOMER offers passive optical components enclosed in LGX
compatible modules terminated with adapters mounted on the module front plate, pigtailed MS modules as well as passive components installed in splice trays.
BASIC METHODS OF PASSIVE MULTIPLEXING OF OPTICAL NETWORKS
1 3 1 0
n m
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
1 3 1 0
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
n m
A connection using two fibres, without any multiplexing devices.
R e c e iv e r R x
W
DM
W
DM
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
1 3 1 0
n m
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
1 5 5 0
n m
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
1 3 1 0
n m
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
1 5 5 0
n m
R e c e iv e r R x
W
R e c e iv e r R x
DM
W
DM
A two fibre link with WDM multiplexers.
After a passive device is applied, two fibres enable juxtaposition of two optical links.
T r a n s m itte r T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
RT r e a c n e s i m v e i t r t e R r x T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
ve r R x
25
PASSIVE DEVICES
MULTIPLEXING
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x T r a n s m it t e r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
m itte r T x
ve r R x
m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
1 3 1 0
n m
1 3 1 0
n m
1 5 5 0
n m
1 5 5 0
T r a n s m itte r T x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
n m
R e c e iv e r R x
A two fibre link with optical circulators.
After a passive device is applied, two fibres enable juxtaposition of two optical links.
ve r R x
m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
iv e r R x
m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
3 1 0
n m
T r a n s m itte r T x
W DM
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
1 5 5 0
n m
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
W DM
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
ve r R x
W DM1
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
1 3 1 0
n m
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
1 5 5 0
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 5 5 0 n m
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
A two fibre link with a combination of optical circulators and WDM multiplexers.
After a passive devices are applied, two fibres enable juxtaposition of four optical links.
DW DM
DEMUX
DW DM
DEMUX
C W DM DEMUX DW
C W DM MUX
DM
MUX
DW DM
MUX
C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5
C 7 C 8
DW DM
MUX
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
n m
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
DW DM
DEMUX
C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5
C 7 C 8
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
W DM
T r a n s m itte r T x
m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
R e c e iv e r R x
T r a n s m itte r T x
T r a n s m itte r T x
iv e r R x
C I R C UL A T O R f o r 1 3 1 0 n m
DW DM
MUX
DW DM
MUX
DW DM
MUX
C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5
C 7 C 8
DW DM
C W DM
MUX
C W
DEMUX
DW DM
DEMUX
DM
DEMUX
C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5
C 7 C 8
DW DM
DEMUX
A two fibre link with CWDM and DWDM multiplexers.
T r a n s m itte r T x
R e c e iv e r R x
R e c e iv e r R x
26
PASSIVE DEVICES
CR-3 OPTICAL CIRCULATOR
OPTICAL CIRCULATORS
OPTOCODE
C1010
FEATURES:
• enables bidirectional transmission of one wavelength in a single optical fibre
• doubles the wavelength capacity in a single optical fibre
• supports either 1310 nm or 1550 nm wavelength
• enables increase of informational capacity of network, without installing new optical cables
• available in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
• insensitive to signal’s polarization
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
CR-3 optical circulator
number of ports
operational wavelength [nm]
CR-3 optical circulator
with fibres protected with 900 μm tube
3
1310 or 1550
insertion loss [dB]
0.8
channel isolation [dB]
≥50
PDL [dB]
0.1
PMD [ps]
0.05
reflection loss [dB]
50
maximum optical signal power [mW]
500
operating temperature [°C]
0~+70
by default protected with 900 μm tube
or mounted in MPPO-1 closure
fibre
closure dimensions
depending on chosen fibre
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-2XCR-3/1310/900/E2A/6AE2 - two optical circulators for wavelength of 1310 nm, ended with E-2000/APC
connectors, in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1 closure, with 6 E-2000/APC adapters
TELEKOM
Two CR-3 optical circulators in MPPO-1 closure
MAN
27
PASSIVE DEVICES
OPTICAL CIRCULATORS
OPTOCODE
C1020
CR-4 & CR-8 OPTICAL CIRCULATORS
FEATURES:
• increases the number of transmitted wavelengths in a single fibre four times
• supports both 1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths simultaneously
• enables increase of informational capacity of network, without installing new optical cables
• CR-4 module enables transmission of four waves in a single fibre
• CR-8 module enables transmission of eight waves in two fibres
• mounted in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
• insensitive to signal’s polarization
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
CR-4 & CR-8 optical circulators
CR-4
number of ports
CR-8
5
10
operational wavelength [nm]
1310 & 1550
insertion loss [dB]
1.6
channel isolation [dB]
45
PDL [dB]
0.25
return loss [dB]
50
maximum optical signal's power [mW]
500
operating temperature [°C]
0~+70
fibre
mounted in MPPO-1
closure dimensions
depending on chosen fibre
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-8/2XCR-1310/1550/K/E2A - four channel module, dedicated for two fibres, ended with E-2000/APC connectors,
in fulfilling LGX standards MPPO-1 closure, with 10 E-2000/APC adapters
TELEKOM
MAN
Four channel module dedicated for two optical fibres
28
PASSIVE DEVICES
WDM MULTIPLEXER
xWDM MULTIPLEXING
OPTOCODE
C1030
FEATURES:
• multiplexes or demultiplexes waves of two different lengths
• enables transmission of two different wavelengths via single optical fibre
• enables increase of informational capacity of network, without installing new optical cables
• available with channel isolation above 17 dB or 45 dB
• the device is offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
1310/1550 nm WDM multiplexer
spectral operation range [nm]
1295~1325 and 1535~1565
manufacturing technology
FBT
insertion loss [dB]
0.3
TFF
0.8
isolation [dB]
≥17
≥45
directivity [dB]
≥50
PDL [dB]
≤0.1
operating temperature [°C]
fibre
-40 ~ +85
250 μm fibre or 900 μm, 2 mm, 3 mm tubes
closure dimensions
1310/1550 nm WDM multiplexer
with 900 μm fibre
depending on chosen fibre
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-2XWDM1X2/1310/1550/900/45/E2A - two WDM 1310/1550 nm multiplexers in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1
closure, with six E2000/APC adapters and isolation above 45 dB
WDM1x2/1310/1550/900/45 - one 1310/1550 nm WDM multiplexer with one meter of 900 μm fibre endings and
isolation above 45 dB
ACCESS
Two WDM multiplexers in MPPO-1 closure
LAN
xWDM
29
PASSIVE DEVICES
xWDM MULTIPLEXING
OPTOCODE
C1040
FWDM MULTIPLEXER
FEATURES:
• multiplexes and demultiplexes waves of different lengths
• enables adding or dropping 1550 nm wave, into upstream and downstream bands in optical network
• used in managing broadcast TV signal in passive optical networks
• offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FWDM multiplexer
pass band [nm]
1550~1560
reflected band [nm]
insertion loss [dB]
isolation [dB]
1260~1360 and 1480~1500
common - pass
≤1.0
common - reflected
≤1.0
common - pass λ
≥40
common - reflected λ
≥30
reflection loss [dB]
≥50
directivity [dB]
≥50
PDL [dB]
≤0.2
operating temperature [°C]
fibre
-40~+85
250 μm fibre or 900 μm, 2 mm, 3 mm tubes
closure dimensions
depending on chosen fibre
FWDM multiplexer
with 900 μm fibre
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-2XFWDM1X2/1310/1490/1550/900/SCA - two FWDM multiplexers in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1 closure,
with six SC/APC adapters
WDM1x2/1310/1490/1550/900 - FWDM multiplexer with one meter of 900 μm fibre endings
FTTx
PON
Two FWDM multiplexers in MPPO-1 closure
30
PASSIVE DEVICES
xWDM MULTIPLEXING
OPTOCODE
C1050
EWDM EDGE MULTIPLEXER
FEATURES:
• used to add 8 CWDM channels to existing transmission systems utilising 1310 nm wavelength
• used in developing existing 1310 nm networks by additional 8 CWDM channels
• offered in MPPO-1 closure fulfilling LGX standard
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
EWDM edge multiplexer
1260 – 1360
spectral operating range [nm]
type 1 [nm]
type 2 [nm]
insertion loss [dB]
EWDM multiplexer
with 900 μm fibre
channel isolation [dB]
channel uniformity [dB]
1460 – 1620
pass band λ1
1260 – 1360
reflected band λ2
1460 – 1620
pass band λ1
1460 – 1620
reflected band λ2
1260 – 1360
pass band λ1
<1.0
reflected band λ2
<1.0
pass band λ1
>20
reflected band λ2
>40
pass band λ1
0.5
reflected band λ2
0.5
PDL [dB]
<0.2
directivity [dB]
<50
reflection loss [dB]
>45
maximum optical power [mW]
<300
operating temperature [°C]
0 ~ +70
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-2XEWDM1X2/1260 –1360/1460 –1620/900/SCA - two EWDM multiplexers in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1
closure, with six SC/APC adapters
EWDM1x2/1260 –1360/1460 –1620/900 - EWDM multiplexer with one meter of 900 μm fibre endings
ACCESS
Two EWDM multiplexers in MPPO-1 closure
MAN
xWDM
31
PASSIVE DEVICES
xWDM MULTIPLEXING
OPTOCODE
C1060
CWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER
FEATURES:
• enables transmission of up to 16 waves of different length in a single fibre
• 20 nm distance between channels
• used for capacity increase of existing fibres, without need to introduce new fibres
• available in multiplexer, demultiplexer and add/drop multiplexer configurations
• offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
CWDM multiplexer & demultiplexer
number of channels
(2, 4, or 8)
+ wideband channel 1310 nm
2, 4, 8 or 16
spectral operating range [nm]
1260~1620
1271, 1291…1471,
1491…1571, 1591, 1611
channels' central wavelengths
spectral width of 1310 nm channel [nm]
-
distance between channels [nm]
1260~1360
20
λ±6,5
CWDM channels’ band [nm]
insertion loss (line - 1310 channel) [dB]
insertion loss
(line - CWDM channel) [dB]
1471, 1491, 1511, 1531,
1551, 1571, 1591, 1611
-
≤0.8
≤1.3
2-channel
≤1.0
4-channel
≤1.5
≤1.8
8-channel
≤3.0
≤3.3
16-channel
≤4.5
channel uniformity [dB]
CWDM multiplexer
with 900 μm fibre
0,5
isolation (demultiplexer)
[dB]
adjacent channels
≥30
non-adjacent channels
≥40
reflection loss [dB]
≥50
directivity [dB]
≥50
PMD [ps]
≤0.2
PDL [dB]
≤0.2
operating temperature [°C]
0 ~ +70
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-1XCWDM-4CH-M-SCA - four channel CWDM multiplexer, in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1 closure, with five SC/
APC adapters, channels according to client’s demand
ACCESS
MAN
xWDM
CWDM demultiplexer in MPPO-1 closure
32
PASSIVE DEVICES
xWDM MULTIPLEXING
OPTOCODE
C1070
DWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER
FEATURES:
• enables transmitting up to 16 waves of different lengths in a single fibre
• distance between channels of 100 GHz or 200 GHz
• used for capacity increase in existing fibre links, without need to install new fibres
• offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
• high temperature stability
• low insertion loss
• high channel isolation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DWDM multiplexer & demultiplexer
number of channels
4
filter type
16
4
2.5
3.5
channel uniformity [dB]
8
16
200 GHz
λ±0.11
channel band [nm]
max. insertion loss [dB]
DWDM multiplexer
with 900 μm fibre
8
100 GHz
λ±0.25
4.8
2.2
3.3
4.6
≤1.5
adjacent channel isolation (demultiplexer) [dB]
≥25
≥30
non-adjacent channel isolation (demultiplexer) [dB]
≥35
≥40
PDL [dB]
0.1
PMD [ps]
0.1
directivity [dB]
55
insertion loss [dB]
≥45
central wavelength stability [nm/oC]
0.002
thermal stability [dB/oC]
0.006
max. optical signal power [mW]
operating temperature [oC]
300
-5 ~ +70
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
PS-19/12-1XDWDM-4CH100-M/D-SCA – four channel DWDM multiplexer & demultiplexer, in PS-19/12 frame, with SC/
APC adapters, channels according to client’s demand
MAN
DWDM multiplexer & demultiplexer in 19” frame
xWDM
33
PASSIVE DEVICES
COUPLERS
OPTOCODE
C1080
FBT COUPLER
FEATURES:
• used for division of signal’s optical power
• as a monolithic device, available with 1x2, 2x2, 1x3 and 1x4 configurations
• available symmetric or asymmetric power division
• standard spectral operation range is 1310±40 nm and 1550±40 nm
• offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
FBT coupler
with 250 μm fibre
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Symetric FBT coupler
configuration
1x2
ratio
2x2
1x3
1x4
uniform power distribution among all output ports
1310±40
1490±10
1550±40
spectral operating range [nm]
insertion loss typ/max. [dB]
1310±40
1550±40
3.4/3.7
reflection loss [dB]
5.8/6.2
6.6/7.4
0.25
0.25
55
directivity [dB]
55
PDL [dB]
0.2
0.2
operating temperature [oC]
-40 ~ +85
fibre
250 μm fibre or 900 μm, 2 mm, 3 mm tubes
closure dimensions
depending on chosen fibre
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
asymmetric 1x2 FBT coupler
ratio
max. insertion loss [dB]
PDL [dB]
1/99
23.0/0.25
0.20/0.05
2/98
19.0/0.30
0.20/0.05
5/95
15.0/0.45
0.20/0.10
10/90
11.3/0.65
0.15/0.10
20/80
7.85/1.25
0.15/0.15
30/70
6.00/2.00
0.15/0.15
40/60
4.70/2.70
0.15/0.15
FBT coupler
with 2 mm cable
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
MPPO-1-2-1X2-SCA - two 1x2 FBT couplers in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-1 closure, with 6 SC/APC adapters
SPL1X2/1316/900/SCA - symetric 1x2 FBT coupler, with one meter length 900 μm tube and SC/APC connectors
ACCESS
CATV
FTTx
PON
Two 1x2 FBT couplers
in MPPO-1 closure
34
PASSIVE DEVICES
SPLITTERS
OPTOCODE
C1090
PLC SPLITTER
FEATURES:
• used for division of signal’s optical power
1x32 PLC splitter
with fibre ribbon
• as monolithic device, available with 1x2 up to 1x128 divisions
• available with symetric power division
• spectral operating range is 1260 nm to 1650 nm
• offered in MPPO-1 closure, fulfilling LGX standard
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PLC splitter
1x2
2x2
1x4
2x4
1x8
spectral operating range [nm]
2x8
1x16
2x16
1x32
2x32
1x64
1x128
1260 ~ 1650
max. insertion loss [dB]
3.9
4.4
7.4
7.8
10.8
11
13.8
14.5
16.9
17.5
21.0
25.3
typ. insertion loss [dB]
3.5
4.0
6.9
7.5
9.8
9.8
13.5
13.8
16.5
17.0
20.0
23.5
max. uniformity [dB]
0.5
1.2
0.6
1.3
1.0
1.5
1.3
2.0
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.8
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
reflection loss [dB]
≥55
directivity [dB]
≥55
max. PDL [dB]
0.2
max. PDL [dB] [oC]
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
-40 ~ +85
fibre
250 μm fibre, ribbon or 900 μm, 2 mm tubes
closure dimensions
depending on chosen fibre and configuration
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
1x16 PLC splitter
with 2 mm cables
ORDERING:
MPPO-2-1X16-SCA - 1x16 PLC splitter in fulfilling LGX standard MPPO-2 closure, with SC/APC adapters
SPL1X64/1316/2.0/64SCA - 1x64 symetric PLC splitter, with one meter 2 mm cables and SC/APC connectors
ACCESS
1x32 PLC splitter
in MPPO-3 closure
FTTx
PON
35
PASSIVE DEVICES
OPTICAL ISOLATORS
OPTOCODE
C1100
IZL OPTICAL ISOLATOR
FEATURES:
• used for reduction of reflection and backscattering
• available in one and two stages version
• signal’s polarization insensitive
• low insertion loss
• high return loss
• high thermal stability
• ability to mount in splice trays and MPPO or MS closures
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
IZL isolator
isolation stage
single stage
central wavelength [nm]
dual stage
1310 or 1550
operating band [nm]
±20
min. isolation at 23°C [dB]
28
45
typ. insertion loss at 23°C [dB]
0.4
0.5
max. insertion loss at -7 °C to -5 °C [dB]
0.6
0.8
minimum reflection loss [dB]
55/55
55/55
PDL [dB]
0.05
max. optical power [mW]
operating temperature [°C]
0.1
300
-5~+70
NOTE: Above parameters refer to elements that are not ended with connectors
ORDERING:
IZL1-13-300-90-SCA - single stage optical isolator, operating at 1310 nm wavelength, with one meter long 900 um tube
ended with SC/APC connectors
CATV
Optical isolator
with 900 um tubes
36
PASSIVE DEVICES
CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
C1110
MPPO CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fulfills LGX standard
• mechanical protection for passive optical devices
• optical devices’ endings available at front edge as adapters of any standard
• MPPO closures are installed in 19” racks, cabinets and PPO-19 frames of 1U, 2U or 3U hight
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MPPO closure
MPPO-1
MPPO-2
MPPO-3
10
18
34
66
30/130/158
60/130/158
90/130/158
180/130/158
maximum fibre count
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
MPPO-4
exemples of capacity for E-2000/SC endings
CR-3 circulator
2 pcs
-
-
-
CR-4 circulator
1 pc.
-
-
-
CR-8 circulator
2 pcs
-
-
-
WDM multiplexer
3 pcs
6 pcs
11 pcs
22 pcs
1 pc.
of 8 channel
MUX/DMUX
1 pc.
of 8/16 channel
MUX/DMUX
2 pcs
of 16 channel
MUX/DMUX
-
CWDM/DWDM multiplexer/demultiplexer
Fulfilling LGX standard MPPO modules
FBT coupler
3 pcs
6 pcs
11 pcs
11 pcs
PLC splitters
2 pcs 1x4
1 pc. 1x8
1 pc. 1x16
1 pc. 1x32
1 pc. 1x64
ORDERING:
MPPO-1 - fulfilling LGX standard module for mounting passive optical components
OPTOCODE
C1120
PPO-19 FRAME
FEATURES:
• dedicated for mounting MPPO modules, fulfilling LGX standard
• enables installation in typical 19” or 21/23” racks and cabinets, with AD-19 adapters
19” PPO-19/1U frame
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PPO-19
PPO-19/1U
capacity
19” PPO-19/2U frame
3 pcs MPPO-1
PPO-19/2U
PPO-19/3U
3 pcs MPPO-2
6 pcs MPPO-1
2 pcs MPPO-4
4 pcs MPPO-3
7 pcs MPPO-2
14 pcs MPPO-1
ORDERING:
PPO-19/1U - 19” 1U frame, dedicated for mounting maximum 3 MPPO-1 modules
FTTx
19” PPO-19/3U frame
PON
xWDM
37
PASSIVE DEVICES
CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
C1130
MS MODULE
FEATURES:
• mechanical protection for passive devices installed inside the module
• 2 mm cabling, ended with connectors of any type
• installed in PS-19/144 frame
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MS module
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
35/100/250
30/100/250
max. MS modules' count in PS-19/144
12
14
21
1 pc. 1x32
1 pc. 1x16
2 pcs 1x8
4 pcs 1x4
4 pcs 1x2
max splitters’ count/ratio mounted in a module
1 pc. 1x64
20/100/250
MS module
ORDERING:
MS-1x8/3U - optical spllitter module with 2 mm cables, with no connectors, dedicated for PS-19/144 frame
PS-19/144 frame with MS modules
OPTOCODE
C1140
KS-3E, KSH TRAYS
FEATURES:
• mechanical protection for passive devices mounted inside
• with 250 um fibres (splicing dedicated) or 900 um tubes, ended with any connectors
• dedicated for installation in distribution boxes or splice closures from OPTOMER catalogue
ORDERING:
KS-S-SPL1x1x4/1316/1.5m/900/5E2A - optical splitter tray with 900 um tube of 1.5 m length, ended with E-2000/APC
connectors
FTTx
PON
xWDM
KSH tray with PLC 1x64 splitter
KS-3E tray with PLC 1x64 splitter
3
The Optical Distribution Equipment covers the products used for building the optical network nodes. Central
office cabinets, optical distribution frames, splice boxes, excess cable trays etc, are the integral parts of any
fibre optic network.
This chapter covers a wide range of the latest OPTOMER optical distribution equipment solutions including
the STP and PSU families of high capacity optical distribution frames with a broad selection of modules and
auxiliary accessories. This part of the catalogue presents also a range of wall mounted fibre optic distribution
boxes dedicated for the networks involving low fibre count cables, fibre optic closures, the latest cable
ducting system, cable bundles and multipatchcords. Depending on the area of application one can select
the products dedicated for indoor applications, as well as the environmentally protected street cabinets and
optical distribution boxes.
The optical distribution equipment included in this catalogue is compliant with the following standards: EN
ETS 300 119, BS EN 60825-2:2005, ITU-L.50, ZN-06 TP SA-009. All the solutions were designed taking into
account the customer performance and quality feedback, with full attention to the safety of optical fiber.
OPTOMER products provide easy installation and reliable subsequent operation.
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CONTENTS
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
PS-3 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................................40
PS-5 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................................41
PS-8 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................................42
PSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ...........................................43
COMPACT FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX PSM-4 ...................................43
MSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE BOX .....................................................44
MK-5 SPLICE BOX .....................................................................................44
MK-72, MK-144 SPLICE BOX ....................................................................45
NMS-4, NMS-6 WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOX ...........................................46
PSH-2 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................47
PSH-3 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................48
19” PATCH PANEL PS-19 ..........................................................................49
19” PATCH PANEL ADAPTER PLATE CUT-OUTS ..........................................50
19” EXCESS CABLE TRAY SZ-19 ...............................................................50
19” DISTRIBUTION PANEL BK-19 ..............................................................51
19” PATCH PANEL BPK-19 ........................................................................51
19” SPLICE PANEL BP-19 .........................................................................52
PS-19/120/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL....................................................53
MODULES MPS-19/12, MPS-19/12/K........................................................53
PS-19/144/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL....................................................54
MODULE MPS-19/12/W ............................................................................54
PS-19/144/4U MODULAR PATCH PANEL....................................................55
MODULE MPK-12......................................................................................55
19” CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET STP-19 .....................................................56
PSU-1 (VER. 350 mm) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET .....................................57
PSU-1 (VER. 600 mm) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET .....................................58
MODULES MPK-48, MPK-72 (for PSU-1) ...................................................59
PSU-300/432 CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET ..................................................60
MODULE MPK-12 (for PSU-300/432).........................................................61
PS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION FRAME ..................................................62
STREET CABINETS PU ...............................................................................63
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - SUMMARY ...........................................64
CABLE DUCTING SYSTEM..........................................................................65
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ..............................................66
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES ..............................................67
FIBRE MANIFOLDS ....................................................................................68
SPLICE TRAYS ...........................................................................................69
CABLE ORGANISERS UT ............................................................................70
HEAT SHRINK SPLICE PROTECTORS ..........................................................70
PROTECTIVE TUBES AND CONDUITS..........................................................71
40
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1000
PS-3 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• wall mounted in controlled environments
• termination of up to 72 fibres, 6 cable entries
• storage space for patchcord cable under adapter plate
• full front access to splice trays and adapter plate
• hinged splice trays allowing convenient maintenance
EQUIPPED WITH:
• splice trays KS-3E, cable organisers
• cable ties, cable rubber glands
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splice trays
PS-3/24
PS-3/48
PS-3/72
1 x KS-24
2 x KS-24
3 x KS-24
24
48
maximum number of splices
72
adapter capacity
connector standard
72
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
2.5
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
6
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
14
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
360/400/150
weight [kg]
6
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP51
ORDERING:
Fibre Optic Distribution Box PS-3/72
PS-3/72/K/72E2A - wall mounted Fibre Optic Distribution Box equipped with 72 pigtails and 72 E2000/APC adapters
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
41
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1010
PS-5 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• wall mounted in controlled environments
• termniation of up to 24 fibres, 4 cable entries
• uncut fibre loops storage
• full front access to splice trays and adapter plate
EQUIPPED WITH:
• separate adapter plate protection lid (option)
• splice tray KS-3E, cable organisers
• cable ties, cable rubber glands
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-5/12
number of splice trays
PS-5/24
1 x KS-24
maximum number of splices
24
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
24
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
2
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
4
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
14
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
250/400/100
weight [kg]
3
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP51
ORDERING:
PS-5/24/P/K/24E2A wall mounted Fibre Optic Distribution Box equipped with 24 pigtails and 24 E2000/APC adapters, with
adapter plate lid
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
Fibre Optic Distribution Box PS-5/24
42
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1020
PS-8 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• wall mounted in controlled environments
• termniation of up to 12 fibres, 2 cable entries
• uncut fibre loops storage
• full front access to splice trays and adapter plate
• 12 splice KSQ splice tray
EQUIPPED WITH:
• splice tray KSQ, cable organisers
• cable ties, cable rubber glands
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-8/12
number of splice trays
1 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
12
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1.5
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
2
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
14
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
135/340/90
weight [kg]
1.5
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP51
ORDERING:
PS-8/12/K/12E2A - wall mounted Fibre Optic Distribution Box equipped with 12 pigtails and 12 E2000/APC adapters
TELECOM
Fibre Optic Distribution Box PS-8/12
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
43
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1040
PSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• wall or 35 mm DIN rail mounted
• KSQ splice tray
• easy installation in telecom and power cabinets
• cable ties, spiral protection sleeve
• termniation of up to 12 fibres, 2 cable entries
• cable strength member clamps
• back or side mounting
• installation and handling instructions
• captive screw mounted lid
• installation kit (for DIN rail)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSW-12/DIN
1 x KSQ
12
12
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
1.5
2
10
220/120/40
1.2
steel sheet/RAL 7035
IK08
IP20
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
connector standard
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
number of outdoor cable entries
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
housing material/colour
mechanical protection IK
environmental protection IP
ORDERING:
PSW-DIN-12/K/12E2A - wall mounted Fibre Optic Distribution Box equipped with 12 pigtails and 12 E2000/APC adapters
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
OPTOCODE
E1060
xWDM
Industry
COMPACT FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX PSM-4
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• wall or 35 mm DIN rail mounted
• fibre organiser
• easy installation in telecom and power cabinets
• splice protector holder, cable ties
• termniation of up to 4 fibres, 2 cable entries
• DIN rail fitting (ordered separately)
• organisation of fibre routing tubes vertical and
• installation and handling instructions
horizontal
Fibre Optic Distributio Box PSW-12/DIN
• installation kit
• splice box option for branch cables - additional splice
protector holder required
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
connector standard
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
number of outdoor cable entries
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
housing material/colour
mechanical protection IK
environmental protection IP
PSM-4/SC/E-2000
-*
4/max. 8
4
E-2000, SC
0.5
4
10
90/145/20
0.5
steel sheet/RAL 7035
IK08
IP20
* - splice protector holder
ORDERING:
PSM-DIN-4/K/4E2A - wall mounted Compact Fibre Optic Distribution Box, equipped with 4 pigtails and 4 E2000/APC adapters
Comppact Fibre Optic Distribution Box PSM-4/SC/E-2000
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
44
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1050
MSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• wall or 35 mm DIN rail mounted in controlled
environments
• KSQ splice tray
• cable ties, cable rubber glands
• 12 fibre splice capacity, 4 cable entries
• installation and handling instructions
• easy organisation of uncut fibre loops
• installation kit
• full front access to splice trays
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MSW-12/DIN
number of splice trays
1 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
12
number of cable inputs/outputs
1/1
maximum cable diameter [mm]
10
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
220/123/40
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP20
ORDERING:
Fibre Optic Splice Box MSW-12/DIN
MSW-DIN-12 - wall mouned Fibre Optic Splice Box for 12 splices
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
OPTOCODE
E1090
MK-5 SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• wall mounted in controlled environments
• KS-3E splice tray
• 72 fibre splice capacity, 4 cable entries
• cable ties, cable rubber glands
• easy organisation of uncut fibre loops
• installation and handling instructions
• full front access to splice trays
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
MK-5/24
MK-5/48
MK-5/72
1 x KS-3E
2 x KS-3E
3 x KS-3E
48
72
24
number of cable inputs/outputs
2/2
maximum cable diameter [mm]
14
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
250/400/50
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP51
ORDERING:
Splice Box MK-5
MK-5/24 - wall mounted Splice Box for 24 splices
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
45
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1100
MK-72, MK-144 SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
• wall mounted in controlled environments
• easy high fibre count cables branching out to small fibre count cables
• entry cable outer diameter range: 10 mm to 18 mm
• branch cable outer diameter range: 8 mm to 12 mm
• full front access to splice trays
EQUIPPED WITH:
• KS-3E splice trays (full amount - option)
• cable glands DP 13, DP 16, DP 21
• cable ties, cable organisers
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
MK-72
MK-144
3 x KS-3E
(max. 9 x
KS-3E)
6 x KS-3E
(max. 18 x
KS-3E)
72 (max. 216 )
144 (max. 432)
number of cable inputs/outputs
2/24
4/40
maximum cable diameter [mm]
4 for 18 and 22
for 12
2 for 18 and 42
for 12
470/120/430
820/120/430
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP51
Splice Box MK-72
ORDERING:
MK-72 - Splice Box for 72 fibre splices
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
Splice Box MK-144
46
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
SEALED SPLICE/DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1080/E1085
NMS-4, NMS-6 WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
• wall mounted for outdoor use
• rubber gland cable ports or cables routed directly in corrugated tube
• IP65 rated environmental protection (NMS-4) with application of cable glands DP, IP54 (NMS-6)
• full front access to splice trays
EQUIPPED WITH:
• fibre organiser, rubber glands
• splice protector holder, cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
Wall mounted splice box NMS-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
NMS-4
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
4
6
number of cable inputs/outputs
2/2
10/12
maximum cable diameter [mm]
10
11
130/35/80
120/70/170
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
housing material/colour
ABS
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP65
ORDERING:
NMS-DIN-6 - 6 splice wall mounted splice box
CATV
Wall mounted splice box NMS-6
NMS-6
-*
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
IP54
* - splice protector holder
47
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
SEALED SPLICE/DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1030
PSH-2 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• outdoor and/or indoor use
• for application in industrial environments with high dust level
• splitter installation
• separate splice and cross connect zones
• IP66 rated environmental protection
• possibility of instalation on a plinth
EQUIPPED WITH:
• adapter plate
• KS-3E splice trays
• cable glands DP-13, DP-16, DP-21
• cable ties and cable protective band
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSH-2/12
number of splice trays
PSH-2/24
2 x KS-3E
PSH-2/48
PSH-2/72
PSH-2/96
PSH-2/144
4 x KS-3E
6 x KS-3E
8 x KS-3E
12 x KS-3E
144
maximum number of splices
24
24
48
72
96
adapter capacity
12
24
48
72
96
connector standard
144
E-2000,
SC, LC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9
mm buffered fibre
2.5
recommended pigtail length [m], 2
mm cable diameter
3
4
2.5
number of outdoor cable entries
3
4
maximum diameter
of input cable [mm]
8
12
18
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
300/400/200
weight [kg]
5.8
400/500/200
7.5
4
21
26
500/600/230
800/600/300
11
26
8
housing material/colour
glass fibre reinforced polyester/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK10
environmental protection IP
IP66
ORDERING:
PSH-2/96/E/SC - Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box for 96 pigtails and E2000 or SC adapters
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box PSH-2
48
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
SEALED SPLICE/DISTRIBUTION BOXES
OPTOCODE
E1070
PSH-3 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• outdoor and/or indoor use
• for application in industrial environments and/or telecom manholes
• 12 fibre capacity from 2 cable entries
• separate splice and cross connect zones
• IP65 rated environmental protection
• full front access to the splice tray
EQUIPPED WITH:
• splice tray KSQ, cable gland DP 16 H
• rubber cable gland, cable ties
• set of wall fixing screws (option)
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSH-3/12
number of splice trays
1 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
12
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
-
number of outdoor cable entries
2
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
14
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
140/230/90
weight [kg]
Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box PSH-3
1.5
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
0.7
housing material/colour
ABS or PC/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK07/IK08
environmental protection IP
IP65
ORDERING:
PSH-3/12/E/SC - Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box for 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000 or SC
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
49
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
PATCH PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1110
19” PATCH PANEL PS-19
FEATURES:
• termination of up to 144 fibres
• installation in 19” racks with the minimum depth of 300 mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of AD-19 adapters
• patchord cables’ protection with the use of PO-1 and/or PO-2 patchcord management shelves
• bearing guided draw-out mechanism
• 70 mm distance between door surface and adapter plate
• application of additional cable gland allows direct outdoor cable (10 mm to 14 mm outer diameter) or multipatchcord
entry (option)
• key lock on the panel front (option)
• possibility of doubling the capacity by the use of Duplex LC adapters
EQUIPPED WITH:
• adapter plate, splice trays KS-3E
• cable organisers and cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
• cable gland (optional)
• duplex adapter plate (optional)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-19/12 1U
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
PS-19/72 3U
PS-19/144 4U
1 x KS-3E
PS-19/24 1U
2 x KS-3E
3 x KS-3E
6 x KS-3E
24
48
72
144
48
72
144
12
connector standard
24
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
LC Duplex adapter capacity
PS-19/48 1U
24
PS-19/48 2U
duplex LC
48*
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
48
recommended pigtail length [m],
0.9 mm buffered fibre
E-2000, SC
96*
144*
-
483/88/200
483/132/200
483/176/200
4
19” Patch Panel PS-19 with PO-2
2.5
number of outdoor cable entries
1
dimensions:
width/height/depth [mm]
483/44/200
2.9
3.3
number of modules
weight [kg]
-
2.5
-
-
-
-
-
module type
-
-
-
-
-
-
mounting brackets position
front
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
* -the use of duplex adapters requires a corresponding increase in splice trays number
ORDERING:
19” Patch Panel PS-19/3U
PS-19/24/K/24E2A - 19” Patch Panel equipped with 24 pigtails and 24 adapters E2000/APC
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
50
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
PATCH PANELS/EXCESS CABLE TRAYS
19” PATCH PANEL ADAPTER PLATE CUT-OUTS
*
*
1 2 x E2 0 0 0 C o m p a c t Du p l e x , s t r a i g h t f i x i n g = 2 4 x E2 0 0 0
*
1 2 x E2 0 0 0 C o m p a c t Du p l e x , o b l i q u e f i x i n g = 2 4 x E2 0 0 0
7 2 E2 0 0 0 / S C / S T / F C ( k e y l o c k e d ) *
4 8 E2 0 0 0 / S C / S T / F C ( k e y l o c k e d ) *
2 4 S C / E2 0 0 0 ( k e y l o c k e d ) *
f o r 1 x 3 2 o r 2 x 3 2 s p l i t t e r = ( 2 + 3 2 ) x E2 0 0 0 / S C
* - posssibility of installation of LC Duplex adapters in E2000/SC cut-outs
OPTOCODE
E1120
19” EXCESS CABLE TRAY SZ-19
FEATURES:
• dedicated for installation in 19” racks and cabinets under PS-19 patch panels
• storage and organisation of patchcord excess cable lengths
• proper space between door surface and patch panel front plates for patchcords safety
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of AD-19 adapters
• bearing guided draw-out mechanism
• SZ-19L-1U enables the storage of outdoor cable loose tubes routed to PS-19/144 and PS-19/120 equipped with
modules MPK-19/12 and MPK-19/12/W
EQUIPPED WITH:
Excess Cable Tray SZ-19L-1U
• cable organisers and cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
SZ-19-1U
SZ-19-2U
SZ-19L-1U
483/44(1U)/270
483/88(2U)/270
483/44(1U)/200
weight [kg]
2
NOTICE: it is necessary to provide 75 mm distance between the cabinet door and 19” frame
ORDERING:
SZ-19/1U - Excess Cable Tray
Excess Cable Tray SZ-19-1U
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
51
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
PATCH PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1190
19” DISTRIBUTION PANEL BK-19
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• draw-out 19” panel with E-2000, SC adapter plate
inside the housing
• cross connections between two bundles of 24 pigtail
or patchcords each
• front or rear fixing in the 19” rack
• cable protection and safe bending radii when the panel
is drown-out and in
• indoor cable bundles coming out of the panel managed
with the protective conduits
• installation in 19” racks with minimum depth of 300
mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of
AD-19 adapters
• adapter plate, cable protective conduit
• cable organisers and cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
connector standard
LC Duplex adapter capacity
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
number of outdoor cable entries
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
mounting brackets position
BK 19/24/1
-
BK 19/24/2
-
-
-
24
E-2000, SC, LC
36
483 /44(1U)/280
1.5
front
rear
19” Distribution Panel BK-19/24/1
ORDERING:
BK-19/24/1 - 19” Distribution Panel, capacity 24xE-2000/SC adapters, front fixing
OPTOCODE
E1200
19” PATCH PANEL BPK-19
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• outdoor cable fibres to pigtails splicing, pigtail-pigtail or
pigtail-patchcord cross-connections
• hinged tray with adapter plate for 24 or 72 E-2000 or
SC adapters
• KSQ or KS-3E splice trays on the panel bottom
• cable protection and safe bending radii when the panel
is drown-out and back in
• front or rear fixing in the 19” rack
• indoor cable bundles coming out of the panel managed
with the protective conduits
• installation in 19” racks with minimum depth of 300
mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of
AD-19 adapters
• adapter plate, cable protective conduit
• cable organisers and cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
• splice trays
19” Patch Panel BPK-19/24/1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
BPK-19/24/1
BPK-19/24/2
BPK-19/72/1
BPK-19/72/2
2 x KSH
3 x KS-3E
24
72
24
72
E-2000, SC, LC
36*
96*
1,5
1
483/44(1U)/280
483/132(3U)/280
1.9
3.5
front
rear
front
rear
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
connector standard
LC Duplex adapter capacity
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
number of outdoor cable entries
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
mounting brackets position
* - for duplex connectors the number of splice trays should be icreased respectively
ORDERING:
BPK-19/24/1 - 19” Patch Panel, capacity 24xE-2000/SC adapters, front fixing
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
19” Patch Panel BPK-19/72/2
xWDM
Industry
52
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
SPLICE PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1210
19” SPLICE PANEL BP-19
FEATURES:
• used for various indoor/outdoor cables’ splicing
• easy and safe management of outdoor cable loose tubes guided with the protective tubes routed to splice trays
• rear fixing in STP-19 cabinets
• grouping the fibres from the outdoor cable loose tubes into required fibre count bundles with the use of fibre manifolds R-06
EQUIPPED WITH:
• KSH splice trays
• splice tray retaining blocks
• fibre manifold R-06 (optional)
• cable orgsnisers and cable ties
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
BP-19/72
BP-19/144
BP-19/216
BP-19/288
6 x KSH
12 x KSH
18 x KSH
24 x KSH
72
144
216
288
adapter capacity
-
-
-
-
connector standard
-
-
-
-
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
2.5
number of outdoor cable entries
2
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
483/176(4U)/280
weight [kg]
2.8
mounting brackets position
rear
ORDERING:
19” Splice Panel BP-19/288
BP-19/288 - 19” Splice Panel, splice capacity 288 splices, rear fixing
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
53
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
MODULAR PATCH PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1130
PS-19/120/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• up to 10 modules MPS-19/12/K or MPS-19/12
• quick and reliable fibre links configuration
• easy acess for performing control and maintenance
measurements
• MPS-19/O module dedicated for port descriptions
• blank plates PZ-3U-8 (width 40 mm) to cover unused
space in the panel
• installation in 19” racks with minimum depth of 300
mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of
AD-19 adapters
• one module for port descriptions
• blank plate (optional)
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-19/120/3U
number of splice trays
max. 10 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
12 per module
adapter capacity
10 modules x12 pcs = 120
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1 - 1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
10
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
483/132 (3U)/210
weight [kg]
4
number of modules
10
module type
Modular Patch Panel PS-19/120/3U
MPS-19/12 or MPS-19/12/K
mounting brackets position
front
ORDERING:
PS-19/120/3U - Modular Patch Panel, height 3U
OPTOCODE
E1140
MODULES MPS-19/12, MPS-19/12/K
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• dedicated for modular patch panels PS-19/120/3U
• termination of up to 12 fibres
• MPS-19/12/K module eliminates the use of separate
outdoor excess fibre length tray
• module frame
• dapter plate
• splice tray KSQ
• excess pigtail cable length basket
• outdoor cable loose tube excess length basket
(MPS-19/12/K)
• installation and handling instructions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MPS-19/12
adapter capacity
MPS-19/12/K
Module MPS-19/12
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1 - 1.5
40/132
(3U)/210
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
40/132
(3U)/270
ORDERING:
MPS-19/12/K/E/SC - module for 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000 or SC for PS-19/120/3U
(K - outdoor cable fibre excess length tray))
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
Module MPS-19/12/K
54
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
MODULAR PATCH PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1150
PS-19/144/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• capacity up to 12 modules MPS-19/12/W
• quick and reliable fibre links configuration
• easy acess for making control and maintenance
measurements
• storage and organisation of outdoor cale loose tubes
requires application of 19” Excess Cable Tray SZ-19L-1U
• blank plates PZ-3U-7 (width 35 mm) to cover unused
space in the panel
• installation in 19” racks with minimum depth of 300
mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of
AD-19 adapters
• cable ties and cable bands
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
• 19” Excess Cable Tray SZ-19L-1U (optional)
• blank plate (optional)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-19/144/3U
number of splice trays
max. 12 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
12 per module
adapter capacity
12 modules x 12 pcs = 144
connector standard
E-2000, SC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
Modular Patch Panel PS-19/144/3U
1 - 1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
12
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
483/132 (3U)/210
weight [kg]
4
number of modules
12
module type
MPS-19/12/W
mounting brackets position
front
ORDERING:
PS-19/144/3U - Modular Patch Panel, height 3U
OPTOCODE
E1160
MODULE MPS-19/12/W
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• dedicated for PS-19/144/3U
• module frame
• termination of up to 12 fibres
• adapter plate
• splice tray KSQ
• pigtail excess cable length basket
• installation and maintenance instructions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MPS-19/12/W
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1 - 1.5
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
Module MPS-19/12/W
35/132 (3U)/210
ORDERING:
MPS-19/12/W/E/SC - module for 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000 or SC dedicated for modular patch panels PS-19/144/3U
MPS-19/12W/K/12E2A - complete module equipped with 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000/APC dedicated for modular patch panels PS-19/144/3U
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
55
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
MODULAR PATCH PANELS
OPTOCODE
E1170
PS-19/144/4U MODULAR PATCH PANEL
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• capacity up to 12xMPK-12 modules
• quick and reliable fibre links configuration
• easy acess for making control and maintenance
measurements
• height 4U, includes integrated 1U patchcord cable or
outdoor cable loose tube excess lengths tray
• outdoor cable loose tubes organiser alows fixation
of guiding protective tubes routed to the installed
modules
• outdoor cables and patchcords can be routed into the
panel from the left or right side
• installation in 19” racks with minimum depth of 300
mm, e.g. STP-19
• installation in 21” and/or 23” racks with the use of
AD-19 adapters
• outdoor cable loose tubes and patchcord excess
lengths tray
• universal adapter for front or rear fixing in 19” racks
• ingoing outdoor cable loose tubes organiser, outgoing
pigtails organiser
• cable ties, cable bands
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-19/144/4U
number of splice trays
max. 12 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
144
adapter capacity
144
connector standard
E-2000, SC
adapter capacity dla złączy duplex LC
96 - 144
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1.5
number of outdoor cable entries
12
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
483/177/295
weight [kg]
Modular Patch Panel PS-19/144/4U
3.7
number of modules
12
module type
MPK-12
mounting brackets position
rear/front
ORDERING:
PS-19/144/4U - Modular Patch Panel, height 4U
OPTOCODE
E1180
MODULE MPK-12
FEATURES:
EQUIPPED WITH:
• dedicated for modular Patch Panels PS-19/144/4U and
PSU-300/432
• termination of up to 12 fibres
• outdoor cable tight buffered fibres guided into the
module in protective tubes
• excess lenght of fibre in the protective tube or loose
tube stored in the excess fibre length basket
• accepts multipachcords
• module frame with adapter plate
• splice tray KSQ
• outdoor cable loose tubes basket
• pigtail excess length basket
• installation and maintenance instruction
• installation kit
• protective tube OFBLT 2.5 m
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MPK -12
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1.5
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
36/128/214
ORDERING:
MPK-12/E/SC - module for 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000/APC for Modular Patch Panel PS-19/144/4U and Central Office Cabinet PSU-300/432
MPK-14-12E2A-K - complete module equipped with 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000/APC for Modular Patch Panel PS-19/144/4U and Central Office Cabinet PSU-300/432
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
Module MPK-12
56
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1240
19” CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET STP-19
FEATURES:
• 19” cabinet dedicated for installation in telecommunication central offices
• equipped with PS-19 patch panels provides 1320 fibre terminations
• adjustable positions of fixing rails allow installation of patch panels and active equipment with front or rear mounting
• accepts BPK, BP, BK ver. 1 panels
• cable storage sections on both cabinet sides with safe cable bending radius guides for patchcords management
• double door with perspex window panes providing convenient access to the cabinet interior
• bottom and top cable brush entries
• removable side plates providing easy and convenient access to lateral cable management sections
• possibility of installation of the ventilation panel on top of the cabinet
EQUIPPED WITH:
• wall fixing brackets
• levelling feet
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
STP-19/1.8
STP-19/2.2
STP-19/2.6
36U
45U
55U
installation height of the 19” or 21” cabinet
maximum number of outdoor cables
36 for ø13 mm and 70 for ø6,5 mm
door
double with window panes
one section dedicated for outdoor cables
the other one for patchcord cables
lateral cable management sections
housing material/colour
steel sheet, aluminium/RAL 7035
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
900/1800/350
mechanical protection IK
IP20
weight [kg]
70
ORDERING:
STP-19/2.2 - 19” Central Office Cabinet STP-19, height 2.2 m
19” Central Office Cabinet STP-19
ACCESS
CATV
900/2600/350
IK10
environmental protection IP
TELECOM
900/2200/350
MAN
WAN
xWDM
Industry
86
100
57
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1260
PSU-1 (VER. 350 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET
FEATURES:
• cabinet depth 350 mm, dedicated for installation in telecommunication central offices with limited space and high
number of cables and connectors
• provides 2304 fibre terminations in two hinged module mounting frames (left and right)
• accepts left and right modules MPK-48-L-35, MPK-48-P-35, MPK-72-L-35, MPK-72-P-35
• minimises initial installation expenditures thanks to the modular construction with MPK modules
• easy and convenient devided access to outdoor cable management section and adapter plate, key locked module
mounting frames
• high capacity, ease of installation and efficient fibre management
• top and/or bottom outdoor cable or multipatchcord brush entries
• key locked double door with perspex window panes
• stable and rigid construction
EQUIPPED WITH:
• one or two module mounting frames
• front door
• fibre manifolds R-01C
• splittable protective tube
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
PSU-1/960/600/350/L
ACCESSORIES
• modules MPK-48-L-35, MPK-48-P-35
• modules MPK-72-L-35, MPK-72-P-35
• patchcord excess length storage module MZK-L-35
• patchcord excess length storage module MZK-P-35
• blank plate PSU-1-Z to cover unused space in the mounting frame
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of lateral cable management
sections
number of splice trays
PSU-1
/960/600/350
L or P
PSU-1
/960/900/350
L or P
PSU-1
/1920/1200/350/2.2
PSU-1
/1920/1200/600/2.6
1 (left or right)
1 (left or right)
2
2
80 x KSQ
80 x KSQ
160 x KSQ
192 x KSQ
960
960
960 x 2 = 1920
2 x 1152 = 2304
maximum number of splices
module type
MPK-48 lub MPK-72
20 x MPK-48 or 20 x MPK-48 or
12 x MPK-72 + 2 12 x MPK-72 + 2
x MPK-48
x MPK-48
number of modules
connector standard
40 x MPK-48 or
24 x MPK-72 + 4 x
MPK-48
48 x MPK-48 or
32 x MPK-72
PSU-1/960/900/350/P
E-2000, SC
adapter capacity
960
(48 or 72 per module)
number of outdoor cable entries
26
2304
(48 or 72 per module)
52
52
1200/2200/350
1200/2600/350
26
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
1920
(48 or 72 per module)
50
600/2200/350
900/2200/350
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm
buffered fibre
1.5
weight [kg]
90
115
housing material/colour
145
170
steel sheet/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
PSU-1/1920/1200/350 - cabinet with two hinged module mounting frames, 1920 fibre termination capacity, width 1200 m, depth 350 mm
PSU-1/960/600/350L - cabinet with single hinged module mounting frame located on the left side of the cabinet, 960 fibre termination
capacity, width 600 m, depth 350 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
xWDM
PSU-1/1920/1200/350/2.2
58
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1250
PSU-1 (VER. 600 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET
FEATURES:
• cabinet depth 600 mm, dedicated for installation in telecommunication central offices with limited space and high
number of cables and connectors
• provides 2304 fibre terminations in two hinged module mounting frames (left and right)
• accepts left and right modules MPK-48-L-60, MPK-48-P-60, MPK-72-L-60, MPK-72-P-60
• minimises initial installation expenditures thanks to the modular construction with MPK modules
• easy and convenient devided access to outdoor cable management section and adapter plate, key locked module
mounting frames
• high capacity, ease of installation and efficient fibre management
• top and/or bottom outdoor cable or multipatchcord brush entries
• key locked door with perspex window panes
• patchcord excess length management section
• stable and rigid construction
EQUIPPED WITH:
• one or two module mounting frames
• front door
• fibre manifolds R-01C
• splittable protective tube
• cable band
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
ACCESSORIES
PSU-1/960/900/600/P
• modules MPK-48-L-60, MPK-48-P-60
• modules MPK-72-L-60, MPK-72-P-60
• patchcord excess length storage module MZK-L-60
• patchcord excess length storage module MZK-P-60
• blank plate PSU-1-Z to cover unused space in the mounting frame
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSU-1/960/900/600
L lub P
number of lateral cable management sections
PSU-1
/1920/1200/600/2.2
PSU-1
/1920/1200/600/2.6
1 (left or right)
2
2
80 x KSQ
160 x KSQ
192 x KSQ
2 x 960 = 1920
2 x 1152 = 2304
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
960
module type
MPK-48 or MPK-72
number of modules
20 x MPK-48 or
12 x MPK-72 + 2 x
MPK-48
40 x MPK-48 or
24 x MPK-72 + 4 x
MPK-48
960 (48 or 72 per
module)
1920 (48 or 72 per
module)
2304 (48 or 72 per
module)
26
52
52
connector standard
48 x MPK-48 or
32 x MPK-72
E-2000, SC
adapter capacity
number of outdoor cable entries
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
50
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
900/2200/600
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered
fibre
1200/2200/600
1200/2600/600
1.5
weight [kg]
130
housing material/colour
170
200
steel sheet/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
PSU-1/1920/1200/600 - cabinet with two hinged module mounting frames, 1920 fibre termination capacity, width 1200 m, depth 600 mm
PSU-1/1920/1200/600/2.2
PSU-1/960/900/600L - cabinet with single hinged module mounting frame located oo the left side of the cabinet, 960 fibre termination capacity,
width 900 m, depth 600 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
xWDM
59
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
OPTOCODE
E1270
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
MODULES MPK-48, MPK-72 (FOR PSU-1)
FEATURES:
• MPK-48 and MPK-72 modules are designed for installation in PSU-1 cabinets
• capacities: 48 (MPK-48), 72 (MPK-72) E2000, SC or LC connectors/adapters
• outdoor cable loose tube storage basket at the module bottom
• MPK modules accept multipatchcords, fibres entering the module routed in splittable protective tube
• module heights: MPK-48 100 mm, MPK-72 150 mm
• hinged splice trays provide easy and quick splice instalation and organisation
EQUIPPED WITH:
• hinged module fixing
• adapter plate
• KSQ splice trays
• cable ties and cable bands
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
CONFIGURATIONS:
A
B
C
D
E
MPK
DESCRIPTION
module dedicated for PSU-1 cabinet
48
Module MPK-48 (for PSU-1)
module capacity
72
module capacity
L
cabinet type, hinged frame type (L-left)
P
cabinet type, hinged frame type (P-right)
35
cabinet depth 350 mm
60
cabinet depth 600 mm
48E2A-K
equipped with 48 pigtails and 48 adapters E2000/APC
48SCA-K
equipped with 48 pigtails and 48 adapters SC/APC
72SCP-K
equipped with 72 pigtails and 72 adapters SC/APC
72LCP-K
equipped with 72 pigtails and 72 adapters LC/APC
ORDERING:
MPK-48-L-35-48E2A-K - module for PSU-1 cabinet with single module mounting frame installed on the left cabinet side,
depth 350 mm, equipped with 48 E2000/APC pigtails and adapters
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
xWDM
Module MPK-72 (for PSU-1)
60
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
PSU-300/432 CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1280
FEATURES:
• dedicated for installation in telecommunication central offices with limited space and high number of cables and
connectors
• provides 432 fibre terminations in compact housing
• accepts 36 MPK-12 modules
• minimises initial installation expenditures thanks to the modular construction with MPK-12 modules
• high capacity, ease of installation and efficient fibre management
• top and/or bottom outdoor cable or multipatchcord brush entries
• key locked door
• stable and rigid construction
EQUIPPED WITH:
• housing, key locked front door
• outdoor cable fixing and fibre distribution plate
• indoor cable fixing plate
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
ACCESSORIES
• MPK-12 modules
• fibre manifold R-01A - for 144 fibre count outdoor cable (option)
• fibre manifold R-01E - for 48 fibre count outdoor cable (option)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSU-300/432
number of cable management sections
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
module type
432
MPK-12
number of modules
36
connector standard
E-2000, SC
adapter capacity
number of outdoor cable entries
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
Central office cabinet PSU-300/432
1
36 x KSQ
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
weight [kg]
housing material/colour
432
22
300/2200/300
1.5
90
steel sheet/RAL
7035
ORDERING:
PSU-300/432 - central office cabinet with 432 fibre termination capacity, width 300 mm, depth 300 mm
61
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1180
MODULE MPK-12 (FOR PSU-300/432)
FEATURES:
• MPK-12 module designed for installation in central office cabinets PSU-300/432
• termination of up to 12 fibres
• outdoor cable loose tubes routed into the module in protective tubes
• excess fibre length storage basket, fibres in outdoor cable loose tubes or in additional protection tubes
• accepts multipatchcords
EQUIPPED WITH:
• module frame with adapte plate
• KSQ splice tray
• outdoor cable loose tube basket
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
• OFBLT protective tube 2.5 m
Module MPK-12
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MPK-12
adapter capacity
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1.5
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] [mm]
36/128/ 214
ORDERING:
MPK-12/E/SC - module for PS-19/144/4U and PSU-300/432, capacity: 12 adapters and 12 pigtails, standard E2000 or SC
MPK-12-12E2A-K - module for PS-19/144 and PSU-300/432 equipped with 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000/APC
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
62
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
OPTOCODE
E1290
PS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION FRAME
FEATURES:
• dedicated for installation in telecommunication central offices with limited space and high number of cables
and connectors
• provides from 72 fibre terminations in PS-4/72 up to 336 in PS-4/320
• splice tray, outdoor cable excess length fibre and pigtail storage sections in the bottom part of the cabinet
• draw-out adapter frame for E2000 or SC adapter standards, other adapter standards available optionally
• separate pigtail and patchcord sections
• recommended pigtail length: 6 m, 2.0 mm or 2.4 mm cable diameter
EQUIPPED WITH:
• cabinet with draw-out adapter frame
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
ACCESSORIES
• KS-3E splice trays, ordered separately
• FC, ST adapter plates
Fibre optic distribution frame PS-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-4/72
PS-4/96
PS-4/144
number of cable management sections
PS-4/160
PS-4/192
PS-4/288
PS-4/320
1
number of splice trays KS-3E
3
4
6
7
8
12
14
maximum number of splices
72
96
144
168
192
288
336
module type
-
number of modules
-
connector standard
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
72 (45)
160 (100)
160 (100)
320 (200)
adapter capacity
number of outdoor cable entries
-
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
18
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
120/2200*/
240
120/2000/
240
240/2200*/
240
35
66
66
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
240/2200*/
240
480/2200*/
240
480/2200*/
240
480/2200*/
240
66
75
75
75
6
weight [kg]
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
* 2600 mm height available upon request
ORDERING:
PS-4/144/2.2/E2000-SC - Fibre Optic Distribution Frame, height 2.2 m, capacity: 144xE-2000, SC adapter positions
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
xWDM
Industry
63
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
PRZEŁĄCZNICE ULICZNE
OPTOCODE
E1300
STREET CABINETS PU
FEATURES:
• outdoor cabinet dedicated for optical access nodes
• resistant to direct influence of environmental conditions
• mounting height 20U, 30U, 33U, 66U
• accepts 19” or 21” panels
• allows installation of passive optical components
• allows application of microduct systems, provides subduct entries
• cable glands protect against humidity penetration
• active equipment, electrical devices, industrial automation equipment mounted on the DIN rail
• placement on the concrete plinth with threaded pins screwed to the cabinet body (plinth included in the installation kit)
• IP54 rated environmental protection
EQUIPPED WITH:
• concrete plinth
• outdoor cable fixing and fibre distribution plate
• patchcord guides and organisers
• cable glands
• installation and maintenance instructions
• installation kit
ACCESSORIES
• heater, thermostat, fan
• DIN rail (width 35 mm)
• roof with retractable hood
• microduct fixing facilities
• fibre manifolds R-01A, R-01C, R-01F
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Street Cabinet PU-7
installation height of the 19” or 21” cabinet
PU-5
PU-7
PU-10
PU-20
20U
30U
33U
66U
maximum number of outdoor cables
32 for ø13 mm
door
double door
number of lateral cable management sections
two: left and right
housing material/colour
aluminium sheet/RAL 7035
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
858/1170/465
858/1615/465
mechanical protection IK
858/1752/465
1716/1752/465
IK10
environmental protection IP
IP54
weight [kg]
37
45
50
98
ORDERING:
PU-10 - Street Cabinet, installation height 33U
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Concrete plinth
64
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES SUMMARY
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - SUMMARY
WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION BOXES
number of splice trays
PS-3/24
1 x KS-3E
PS-3/48
2 x KS-3E
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
PS-3/72
3 x KS-3E
PS-5/12
PS-5/24
1 x KS-3E
72
24
PS-8/12
1 x KSQ
24
48
72
12
24
PSW-12/DIN
1 x KSQ
PSM-4/DIN
-*
PSH-3/12
1 x KSQ
PSH-2/12
PSH-2/24
2 x KS-3E
PSH-2/72
6 x KS-3E
PSH-2/96
8 x KS-3E
PSH-2/144
12 x KS-3E
144
12
12
4/ max. 8
12
24
48
48
72
96
12
12
4
12
12
24
48
72
96
connector standard
recommended pigtail length
[m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
recommended pigtail length
[m], 2 mm cable diameter
number of outdoor cable
entries
maximum diameter of input
cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/
depth [mm]
weight [kg]
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
E-2000, SC
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
-
-
-
6
4
2
2
4
2
6
3
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
steel sheet/RAL 7035
IK08
IP51
E1000
IK08
IP51
E1010
IK08
IP51
E1020
IK08
IP20
E1040
144
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
2.5
E-2000, SC, LC
3
4
2.5
3
4
4
8
14
14
14
10
10
14
360/400/150
250/400/100
135/340/90
220/120/40
90/145/20
140/230/90
300/400/200
1.5
1.2
5.8
steel sheet/RAL 7035
0.5
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
IK08
IP20
E1060
0.7
steel sheet/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
environmental protection IP
OPTOCODE
PSH-2/48
4 x KS-3E
12
18
400/500/200
7.5
21
26
500/600/230
800/600/300
11
26
8
ABS or PC/RAL 7035
glass fibre reinforced polyester/RAL 7035
IK07/IK08
IP65
E1070
IK10
IP66
E1030
* - splice protector holder
Indoor 19” Fibre Optic Distribution Patch Panels and Splice Panels
number of splice trays
PS-19/12
PS-19/24
1U
1U
1 x KS-3E
PS-19/48
PS-19/48
1U
2U
2 x KS-3E
PS-19/72
3U
3 x KS-3E
24
24
72
144
12 per module 12 per module
48
72
144
10 modules
12 modules
x12 pcs = 120 x12 pcs = 144
E-2000, SC,
E-2000, SC
FC, ST
120
144
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
connector standard
12
24
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
LC Duplex adapter capacity
recommended pigtail length
[m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
number of outdoor cable
entries
dimensions: width/height/
depth [mm]
weight [kg]
number of modules
24
-
2.5
-
module type
-
-
duplex LC
48*
PS-19/144/4U PS-19/120/3U PS-19/144/3U
max. 12 x KSQ
E-2000, SC, FC, ST, LC
48
96*
E-2000, SC
144*
96
2.5
1.5
1
mounting brackets position
1 - 1.5
12
10
12
483/177/295
-
483/132
(3U)/210
4
12
-
-
-
MPK-12
483/132
(3U)/210
4
10
MPS-19/12 or
MPS-19/12/K
front
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
E1130
3.7
12
front
rear/front
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
E1170
E1110
BPKBPK19/24/1
19/24/2
2 x KSH
BPKBPK19/72/1
19/72/2
3 x KS-3E
BK19/24/1
-
BK19/24/2
-
BP-19/72
6 x KSH
12 x KSH
18 x KSH
24 x KSH
48
72
-
-
72
144
216
288
24
72
24
-
-
-
-
E-2000, SC, LC
-
-
-
-
36
-
-
-
-
E-2000, SC, LC
36*
96*
1 - 1.5
483/132
/200
3.3
-
steel sheet/RAL 7035
OPTOCODE
max. 12 x KSQ
483/88
/200
2.9
-
483/44/200
housing material/colour
max. 10 x KSQ
MPS-19/12/W
front
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
E1150
1.5
1
483/44(1U)/280
483/132(3U)/280
1.9
-
-
-
-
2.5
2
483/44(1U)/280
3.5
BP-19/144 BP-19/216 BP-19/288
483/176(4U)/280
1.5
2.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
front
rear
front
rear
front
rear
steel sheet/RAL 7035
rear
steel sheet/RAL 7035
steel sheet/RAL 7035
E1200
E1190
E1210
* - the use of duplex adapters requires a corresponding increase in splice trays number
SPLICE BOXES
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
number of cable inputs/outputs
maximum cable diameter [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
MK-5/24
1 x KS-3E
24
housing material/colour
MK-5/48
MK-5/72
2 x KS-3E 3 x KS-3E
48
72
2/2
14
250/400/50
NMS-4
NMS-6
6
10/12
11
120/70/170
steel sheet/RAL 7035
ABS
IK08
IP51
E1090
IK08
mechanical protection IK
environmental protection IP
OPTOCODE
MSW-12
1 x KSQ
12
1/1
10
220/123/40
steel sheet/RAL
7035
-*
4
2/2
10
130/35/80
IP65
E1080
IP54
E1085
MK-72
3 x KS-3E (max. 9 x KS-3E)
72 (max. 216 )
2/24
4 for 18 and 22 for 12
470/120/430
* - splice protector holder
MK-144
6 x KS-3E (max. 18 x KS-3E)
144 (max. 432)
4/40
2 for 18 and 42 for 12
820/120/430
steel sheet/RAL 7035
IK08
IP51
E1100
IP20
E1050
CENTRAL OFFICE FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
number of lateral cable management
sections
number of splice trays
maximum number of splices
module type
number of modules
connector standard
adapter capacity
number of outdoor cable entries
maximum diameter of input
cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9
mm buffered fibre
weight [kg]
housing material/colour
OPTOCODE
PSU-1
/960/900/600
L or P
PSU-1
/1920/1200
/600/2.2
PSU-1
/1920/1200
/600/2.6
PSU-1
/960/600/350
L or P
PSU-1
/960/900/350
L or P
PSU-1
/1920/1200
/350/2.2
1 (left or right)
2
2
1 (left or right)
1 (left or right)
2
80 x KSQ
960
160 x KSQ
192 x KSQ
2 x 960 = 1920 2 x 1152 = 2304
MPK-48 or MPK-72
20 x MPK-48
40 x MPK-48
48 x MPK-48
or
or
or
12 x MPK-72 + 24 x MPK-72 +
32 x MPK-72
2 x MPK-48
4 x MPK-48
E-2000, SC
960 (48 or 72
1920 (48 or 72
2304 (48 or 72
per module)
per module)
per module)
26
52
52
80 x KSQ
960
80 x KSQ
160 x KSQ
960
960 x 2 = 1920
MPK-48 or MPK-72
20 x MPK-48
20 x MPK-48
40 x MPK-48
or
or
or
12 x MPK-72 + 12 x MPK-72 + 24 x MPK-72 +
2 x MPK-48
2 x MPK-48
4 x MPK-48
E-2000, SC
1920 (48 or 72
960 (48 or 72 per module)
per module)
26
26
52
22
900/2200/600
PS-4/96
PS-4/144
1200/2600/600
600/2200/350
900/2200/350
3 x KS-3E
72
4
96
6
144
200
90
115
steel sheet/RAL 7035
E1260
PS-4/192
PS-4/288
PS-4/320
7
168
8
192
12
288
14
336
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
E-2000/SC/LC (ST/FC)
72 (45)
160 (100)
160 (100)
320 (200)
18
1200/2200/350
120/2200 120/2600
/240
/240
120/2000/240
240/2200 240/2600 240/2200 240/2600 480/2200
/240
/240
/240
/240
/240
1.5
170
steel sheet/RAL 7035
E1250
PS-4/160
1
22
1200/2200/600
1.5
130
PS-4/72
145
35
66
66
66
steel sheet/RAL 7035
E1290
STREET CABINETS AND CENTRAL OFFICE CABINETS
installation height of the 19” or 21” cabinet
maximum number of outdoor cables
door
number of lateral cable management sections
housing material/colour
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
mechanical protection IK
environmental protection IP
weight [kg]
OPTOCODE
PU-5
20U
858/465/1170
37
PU-7
30U
480/2600/
240
480/2200 480/2600 480/2200 480/2600
/240
/240
/240
/240
6
PU-10
33U
32 for ø13 mm
double door
2, left or right
aluminium sheet/RAL 7035
858/465/1615
858/465/1752
IK10
IP54
45
50
E1300
PU-20
66U
1716/465/1752
98
STP-19/1.8
STP-19/2.2
STP-19/2.6
36U
45U
55U
36 for ø13 mm and 70 for ø6,5 mm
double with window panes
one section dedicated for outdoor cables, one for patchcord cables
steel sheet, aluminium sheet/RAL 7035
900/1800/350
900/2200/350
900/2600/350
IK10
IP20
70
86
100
E1240
75
75
75
65
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
OPTOCODE
E1360
CABLE DUCTING SYSTEM
CABLE DUCTING SYSTEM
FEATURES:
• used for organization and protection of fibre optic cables in central office premises
• enables proper cable organisation and management in central offices of high number of incoming fibre units
• possibility of installation under raised floors or above cabinets and frames
• a fully enclosed system with high mechanical durability protecting cables against dirt, dust and mechanical damages
• easy installation with minimum effort and standard tools
• easy access covers enable fibre optic cables to be installed or removed at any time without the need to disconnect the
system
• measurements, designing and installation of the ducting system at client’s side - includes comprehensive
implementation
Installation example
APPLICATIONS:
• central offices
• computer rooms
• base stations
• telecom containers
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• made of flame returdant plasstic
• yellow colour
• straight duct lengths: 1.8 m, 1.2 m
• duct widths: 50 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm
• UL94 V0 compliance
SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
• straight ducts
• elbows
• tees
• 4 way crosses
• ducting splices
• fitting splices
• end caps
• trumpets
• ladder profile ducts
• installation kit
• ladder profile duct installation kit *
Cable duct system
* the offer includes designs and a turn key installations
TELECOM
CATV
66
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1220
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
PK-19 Shelf
• installation in 19” racks and cabinets
• pigtail and patchcord excess cable lengths storage, support for measuring equipment
• dimensions: 483/300/44 (1U), 88 (2U) mm
• heights: 1U, 2U
PK-19
TP-19/12 19” ADAPTER FRONT PLATE
• installation in typical 19” frames or cabinets
• capacity: 12 x E-2000 or SC adapters
• dimensions: 483/44 (1U) mm
TO-19 BLANK FRONT PLATE
TO-19/1U
• installation in 19” racks or cabinets
• heights: 1U, 2U, 3U
• blank plate to cover unused space in cabinets and racks
• dimensions: 483/44 (1U), 88 (2U), 133(3U) mm
AD-19/21 19” to 21” ADAPTER
AD-19/23 19” to 23” ADATPER
• allows installation of 19” panels in 21” or 23” racks or cabinets
• heights: 1U, 2U, 3U
AD-19/21 2U
AD-19/21/1U/30 ADAPTER
AD-19/21/2U/30 ADAPTER
• allows installation of 19” panels in 21” racks or cabinets, front plates shifted back by 30 mm
• heights: 1U, 2U
ADAPTER AD-19/191U/50
AD-19/21 2U (30)
• allows installation of 19” panels in 19” racks or cabinets, front plates shifted back by 50 mm
• height: 1U
PO-1 PATCHCORD MANAGEMENT SHELF
• auxiliary accessory for PS-19 patch panels with 200 mm depth
• protects patchcords plugged in the adapter plate agaist accidental damage
• depth 85 mm
• fixing with adapter plate fixing scrws
• no additional fixing components required
AD-19/19 1U (50)
PO-2 PATCHCORD MANAGEMENT SHELF
• - auxiliary accessory for PS-19 patch panels with 200 mm depth
• - protects patchcords plugged in the adapter plate agaist accidental damage
• - provides management of patchcords routed to the shelf installed under the patch panel
• - depth 85 mm
• - fixing with adapter plate fixing scrws
• - no additional fixing components required
PO-1
Notice: all installation kits are dedicated for 19” racks
ORDERING:
PO-1 - Patchcord Management Shelf
TELECOM
PO-2
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
67
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1230
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
LP-01 CABLE GUIDE
• provides management of outdoor cables and fibres in protective conduits inside optical distribution cabinets
• safe patchcord cable management
• available versions: LP-01L for installation on the left hand side of the cabinet, LP-01P for installation on the right hand
side of the cabinet
• dimensions: 110/90/70 mm
LP-01P
LK-01 OUTDOOR CABLE FIXING PLATE
• used to attach outdoor fibre optic cables in 19’’ cabinets, installed close to the cable entries
• dimensions: 483/50 mm
LRK OUTDOOR CABLE FIXING AND FIBRE DISTRIBUTION PLATE
• fixed on the back cabinet plate close to cable entries
• outer cable sheath and cable strength member fixing
• management and organisation of outdoor cable loose tubes
PP-19
• fibre protective conduits fixing
• fixing of up to 8 fibre manifolds R-01
PP-19 PATCHCORD GUIDE
• management of patchcord cable bundles in 19” and 21” cabinets
• fixed directly to mounting rails or to the installed patch panel
• safe patchcord routing towards the back cabinet plate
• provides clear vertical organisation of patchcord bundles along mounting rails
LP-19l
TU-19 CABLE BRACKET PLATE
• management of patchcord cable bundles in 19” cabinets
• used to conduct patchcords on the left or right side of the cabinet
• dimensions: 483/44(1U) mm
Notce: all installation kits are dedicated for 19” racks
TU-19
ORDERING:
LRK - Outdoor Cable Fixing And Fibre Distribution Plate
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
LK-01
LRK
68
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1340
FIBRE MANIFOLDS
R-01A
• accepts 12 OFBLT-P-3.1-0.5-PP protective tubes for outdoor cable fibres distribution
• organises fibres into 12 fiber bundles, that are routed in protective tubes directly to MPS-12, MPK-12 modules
• one protective tube accepts fibres from different outdoor cable loose tubes
• used to feed the required fibre count bundles to PS-19 patch panels and the modules in PSU-300 cabinets
• enables several optical distribution modules to be feeded with fibres from one fibre optic cable
R-01C
R-01A
• accepts four WOD-10B corrugated tubes as the protection for the distributed outdoor cable loose tubes
• one corrugated tube holds up to 8 outdoor cable loose tubes
• used to feed the required fibre count bundles to PS-19 patch panels and the modules in PSU-1 cabinets
• organises fibres into the required fibre count bundles, that are routed in protective tubes directly to MPK-48 and MPK72 modules
R-01E
• dedicated for 16 to 48 fibre count cables
• accepts 4 OFBLT-P-3.1-0.5-PP protective tubes for outdoor cable fibres distribution
• one protective tube accepts fibres from different outdoor cable loose tubes
• used to feed the required fibre count bundles to the modules in PSU-300 cabinets
• organises fibres into 12 fibre count bundles, that are routed in protective tubes directly to MPK-12 modules
R-01C
R-01F
• dedicated for high fobre count cables e.g. 288 fibre count cable with 6 fibre bundles, 48 fibres each
• accepts six WOD-10B corrugated tubes as the protection for the distributed outdoor cable loose tubes
• one corrugated tube holds up to 8 outdoor cable loose tubes
• used to feed the required fibre count bundles to PS-19 patch panels and the modules in PSU-1 cabinets
• organises fibres into the required fibre count bundles, that are routed in protective tubes directly to MPK-48 and MPK72 modules
R-03
R-01E
• - outdoor cable termination kit, 2 mm cable diameter fan out
• - 12 or 24 fibre fan outs
R-06
• 2 polyethylene tubes at one end of the moulded distribution box, 6 tubes at the other end
• diametrer of the 2 input tubes: 4 mm, length: 0.15 m each
• diameter of the 6 output tubes: 3 mm, length: 1.5 m each
• polyethylene tubes included
R-07
R-01F
• hermetic cable gland for 5/8” threaded cable entry
• distribution of outdoor cable fibres inside a cabinet
• used in CATV cabinets
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
R-01A
R-01C
R-01F
number of cable entries
R-03
R-03
R-07
R-01E
1 outdoor cable
outdoor cable outer diameters [mm}
8-16
maximum number of outgoing tubes
12
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
4
45/130/34
8-16
7-13
5-10
to 16
4
6
12, 24
12
4
6
ø22, ø25/70
ø25/90
20/150
9/55/14
0.1
0.02
1 x M6 screw
clip
44/150/44
weight [kg]
0.2
3 x M6 screws, fixed to LR-01 plate
fixing
-
5/8”
ORDERING:
R-01A - fibre manifold for 12 protective tubes
R-06
TELECOM
R-07
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
R-06
2 tubes
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
69
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1330
SPLICE TRAYS
FEATURES:
• provide mechanical protection for 12 to 24 splices
• used in fibre optic equipment for organisation of fibre optic splices
• accept passive optical devices e.g. splitters, couplers
• plastic splice trays KS-3E, KSH, KS-Q, ACC
• FSP-45 splice protectors recommended for KS-Q, KSH, ACC1341 splice trays
• OS-60 splice protectors recommended for KS-3E splice trays OS-60
ACCESSORIES
KSH
• splice tray cover
• cable bands and cable ties
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
KS-Q
ACC1341 Hellapon
KSH
KS-3E
12
16
12
24
PS-19/120
PS-19/144
PSH-3, PS-8
FRBU
UFC, BPK-19,
BP-19
PS-3, PS-5,
PS-4, PS-19,
PSH-2, MK-5,
BPK-19, MUF-1, MUF-2
155/92/8
236/92/8
204/145/7
200/115/10
number of splices
applications
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
FSP-45
splice protectors
KS-3E
OS-60
ORDERING:
KS-3E - splice tray for 24 splice protectors
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
KS-Q
ACC1341
70
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1310
CABLE ORGANISERS UT
FEATURES:
• used for cable management
• indoor and outdoor applications in various fibre optic equipment
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
UT-25
UT-45
UT-25
UT-45
UT-55
height [mm]
25
45
55
width [mm]
35
maximum capacity for 3 mm
outer diameter cables
145
30
75
96
UT-55 - Cable Organiser
UT-85
OPTOCODE
E1320
HEAT SHRINK SPLICE PROTECTORS
FEATURES:
OS-60
• used for fusion splice mechanical protection
• protection of fusion splices against influence of environmental conditions
• sandwich type aluminium ANT splice protector with mastic hydrophobic stripes
FSP-45
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
length [mm]
FSP-45
OS-60
ANT
45
60
30
ORDERING:
FSP-45 - splice protector, length 45 mm, pack size 80 pcs
ANT
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
85
52
ORDERING:
UT-55
UT-85
Industry
228
71
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
E1350
PROTECTIVE TUBES AND CONDUITS
PROTECTIVE TUBES
FEATURES:
• outdoor cable loose tubes protection inside racks and cabinets
• safe fibre bending radius
• fibre distribution between outdoor cable and distribution modules
• dedicated for application with R-01A and R-01E fibre manifolds
inner/outer diameter [mm]
type
HDPE
3.0/4.2
protective tube for R-01 fibre manifold
OFBLT-P-3.1.0.5-PP
3.1/5.0
Richco protective tube for R-01 fibre
manifold
OFPT-5.0-3.1-WHT-V0-LSZH
flame returdant halogen free fibre
protective tube
OFPT-3.0-1.4-PE-WHT-V0-LSZH
Richco protective tube
ORDERING:
OFBLT-P-3.1.0.5-PP - protective tube, 5 mm diameter
PROTECTIVE CONDUITS
FEATURES:
• outdoor cable loose tubes protection inside and between racks and cabinets
• high crush and bending resistance
• available various types: with pulling wire, splittable, UV stabilised, halogen free, flame returdant, for outdoor applications
inner/outer diameter [mm]
WO-16
10.5/16.0
WO-20
15.0/20.0
WO-25
19.0/25.0
WO-32
26.0/32.0
WO-40
33.0/40.0
WO/LSZH-15
11.4/15.0
WO/LSZH-21
16.0/21.0
WO/LSZH-25
21.0/25.0
WO/LSZH-32
26.0/32.0
WO/LSZH-40
32.0/40.0
WO/LSZH-52
44.0/52.0
WOD-10B
8.7/13.6
WOD-14B
12.5/18.5
WOD-20B
19.5/25.5
WOD-23B
24.2/31.0
WO/UV-16
10.5/16.0
WO/UV-20
15.0/20.0
WO/UV-25
19.0/25.0
WO/UV-32
26.0/32.0
WO/UV-40
33.0/40.0
WO/UV-50
43.0/50.0
WO/SP-PU-30
30.0/36.0
version
black corrugated tube with pulling wire - self-extingushing material, for
outdoor cable loose tube and patchcord cable protection
black corrugated tube with pulling wire - self-extingushing material, halogen
free, for outdoor cable loose tube and patchcord cable protection
black splittable corrugated tube for outdoor cable loose tube protection
splittable corrugated tube with pulling wire, UV stabilised, outdoor applications
for outdoor cable loose tube and patchcord cable protection
corrugated tube, UV stabilised, outdoor applications
ORDERING:
WOD-14B - corrugated splittable protective tube, inner diameter 12.5 mm, outer diameter 18.5 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
Protective tubes
4
Chapter four is dedicated to solutions utilized in telecommunication access network infrastructure. The range of
products covers the STANDARD KIT used in central offices, feeder cable storage chambers, telecom manholes
and telecommunication poles where cable excess lengths are stored and feeder cables fibre splices are organised
and protected.
The fibre optic closures are used for environmental protection and organisation of fibres and splices. The splices
are arranged in specially designed trays. The range of offered splice protections includes fibre optic closures
with built-in adapter plate enabling optical links cross connections. This kind of closures are widely applied
in nowadays vastly developing PON access networks. The closures feature excellent environmental protection,
a variety of cable port configurations, compact construction and possibility of installation in telecom chambers as
well as on telecommunication poles.
For proper storage of optical fiber cable excess lengths, spare length cable racks and boxes are used. Our rich
product offer enables selection of the products tailored to the installation site, desired capacity as well as the
degree of stored cables protection. Spare length cable racks and boxes are intended for use in cable chambers,
central offices, manholes and telecommunication poles.
In the following chapter, underground plastic pits can be found. They are used for storing spare cable lengths with
a possibility of placing the splice closures inside them. They are used in places, where telecommunication pits
do not exist, yet a solid connection of optical fibre cables and storage of appropriate spare length are required.
The pits are designed and supplied by OPTOMER. They are designed to resist temporary loads of heavy vehicles.
In addition they are cost effective and very easy to install.
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
CONTENTS
FIBRE OPTIC CABLE STANDARD KIT
UFC FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE...........................................................74
FRBU FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ........................................................75
FDN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ..........................................................76
MUF-1 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ......................................................77
MUF-2 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ......................................................78
MUF-3 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ......................................................79
MUF-4 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ......................................................80
SPLICE CLOSURES AND CONNECTION SHEATS - SUMMARY .....................81
Non-heatshrink cable seal CABLELOK .......................................................82
Cable gland OPGW-2 ...............................................................................83
ADSS CABLE GLAND .................................................................................83
BRACKETS AND CLASPS ...........................................................................84
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-1 ............................................................85
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-3 ............................................................85
SZ-1, SZ-1.2, SZ-1.3 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES ...............................86
SZ-2, SZ-2.2, SZ-2.3 CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAMES...............................87
SZ-3 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE FRAME ..............................................................88
SZ-4, SZ-4.2 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX..................................................89
SZ-5 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX ..............................................................90
SZ-6 CABLE UNCOILING RACK ..................................................................91
SZ-7/N CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAME ......................................................92
SZKL SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX .............................................................93
SZ-8 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX ..............................................................94
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND RACKS - SUMMARY ...........................95
74
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1000
UFC FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 36 KSH or SMF splice trays
• max. 24 splices in SMF splice tray with min. fibre bending radius of 38 mm
• glass fibre reinforced, UV invulnerable plastic cap
• possibility of storing reserves of uncut, loose loops of feeder cable tubes
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring
• clamp enabling easy and multiple access to the interior of the closure
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves or CABLELOK rubber cable sealings
• possibility of mounting the closure with OH-3 bracket
• using fibre manifolds R-06 enables proper fibre distribution to splice trays
• large capacity, up to 864 splices
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
Fibre optic closure UFC
STANDARD KIT:
• splice enclosure
• KSH or SMF splice trays
• CABLELOK Cable Sealings or heatshrink sleeves - set
• brackets and tags
ACCESSORIES
• fibre manifold R-06
• OH-3 bracket
• additional CABLELOK Cable Sealings
Entry configuration
in the base
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
UFC2770 UFC2844 UFC2845 UFC2846 UFC2847 UFC2848 UFC2794 UFC2868 UFC2869 UFC2870 UFC2871 UFC2872 UFC2834 UFC2835 UFC2836 UFC2840 UFC2841 UFC2842
port types
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) i 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
cable diameter range [mm]
number of splice trays
4.8 - 36
6
12
type/capacity of splice tray
maximum number of splices
24
30
36
6
12
KSH/12
72
144
number of patching fields
216
connector standard
400/
ø275
600/
ø275
6
7
fixing
288
360
432
72
144
environmental IP protection
24
30
36
24
30
216
288
-
-
heatshrink
CABLELOK
750/ø275
400/
ø275
600/
ø275
8
6
7
360
432
576
24
720
864
576
-
heatshrink
750/ø275
CABLELOK
750/ø275
OH-3
IP67
36
OH-3
8
8
IP67
IP67
ENTRY CONFIGURATION IN THE BASE:
KSH splice tray
cable diameter range [mm]
port
number of ports
CABLELOK seal
L
1
L1, L2, L3
B
16
B1, B2, B4
4.8 - 16.5
6.0 - 19.0
T
2
T1, T2, T3
15.5 - 29.0
12.0 - 35.0
S
10
S6, S1, S5, S2, S3
5.0 - 20.0
12.0 - 26.0
LM
1
LM1, LM1A, LM2, LM2A
2 x 9.5 - 22.0
2 x 8.0 - 22.0
CABLELOK
heatshrink
2 x 13.0 - 22.0
2 x 12.0 - 24.0
Detailed offer of Cablelock Cable Sealings on page 82.
ORDERING:
UFC2848- fibre optic splice closure with 36 KSH splice trays for 432 splices
TELEKOM
SMF splice tray
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
30
36
720
864
SMF/24
-
OH-3
weight [kg]
18
KSH/12
-
cable sealing
dimensions height/diameter [mm]
18
LAN
FTTx
75
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1010
FRBU FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 6 Hellapon splice trays
• 12 (max. 16 ) splices in a splice tray
• plasitic cap ended glass fibre reinforced, UV invulnerable
• possibility of storing reserves of uncut, loose loops of feeder cable tubes
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring
• clamp enabling easy and multiple access to the interior of the closure
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves or CABLELOK rubber cable sealings
• possibility of mounting the enclosure with OH-3 or ACC1037 bracket
• employed for cables of capacity of up to 72 fibers (max. 96)
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles))
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
STANDARD KIT:
• splice enclosure
• Hellapon splice trays
• CABLELOK Cable Sealings or heatshrink sleeves - set
• brackets and tags
ACCESSORIES
•
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FRBU1313
FRBU1314
port types
FRBU1315
FRBU1323
FRBU1324
FRBU1325
4
6
48
72
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
cable diameter range [mm]
4.8 - 24
number of splice trays
2
4
6
type/capacity of splice tray
2
Hellapon/12 (maks. 16)
maximum number of splices
24
48
72
24
number of patching fields
-
connector standard
-
cable sealing
heatshrink
dimensions height/diameter [mm]
Fibre optic closure FRBU
CABLELOK
435/ø130
fixing
two OH-1 brackets
weight [kg]
2
environmental IP protection
IP67
Detailed offer of Cablelock Cable Sealings on page 81.
ENTRY CONFIGURATION IN THE BASE:
port
number of ports
CABLELOK seal
L
1
cable diameter range [mm]
CABLELOK
heatshrink
L1, L2, L3
2 x 13.0 - 21.5
2 x 8.0 - 24.0
B
4
B1, B2, B4
4.8 - 16.5
6.0 - 18.0
R
4
R8, R7, R9, R5, R1, R2, R3
1.7 - 9.5
4.0 - 11.0
ORDERING:
FBRU1313 - fibre optic splice closure with 2 splice trays for 24 splices
TELEKOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
Industry
Entry configuration
in the base
76
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1020
FDN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• enables mounting up to 12 KSH or SMF splice trays
• max. 24 splices in SMF splice tray with min. fiber bending radius of 38 mm
• glass fibre reinforced, UV invurnelable plastic cap
• possibility of storing reserves of uncut, loose loops of feeder cable tubes
• clamp enabling easy and multiple access to the interior of the closure
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves (not for R type ports) or CABLELOK rubber cable sealings
• possibility of mounting the closure with OH-3 bracket
• large number of entries in the base
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
STANDARD KIT:
• splice enclosure
• KSH or SMF splice trays
• CABLELOK Cable Sealings or heatshrink sleeves - set
• brackets and tags
Fibre closure FDN
ACCESSORIES
• OH-3 bracket
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FDN3583
FDN3584
port types
FDN3585
FDN3586
1 oval (L), 60 round (52xR, 4xS, 2xT, 2xB)
cable diameter range [mm]
1.7 - 35
number of splice trays
12
type/capacity of splice tray
KSH/12
max. number of splices
SMF/24
144
144
number of patching fields
288
288
CABLELOK
CABLELOK, heatshrink
-
connector standard
-
cable sealing
CABLELOK
CABLELOK, heatshrink
dimensions length/width/height [mm]
455/312/222
fixing
OH-3
weight [kg]
4.2
environmental IP protection
IP67
ENTRY CONFIGURATION IN THE BASE:
cable diameter range [mm]
port
number of ports
CABLELOK seal
L
1
L1, L2, L3
B
2
B1, B2, B4
4.8 - 16.5
6.0 - 19.0
T
2
T1, T2, T3
15.5 - 29.0
12.0 - 35.0
2 x 12.0 - 24.0
S
4
S6, S1, S5, S2, S3
5.0 - 20.0
12.0 - 26.0
52
R8, R7, R9, R5, R1, R2, R3
1.7 - 9.5
-
FDN3883 - fibre optic splice closure with 12 splice trays for 144 splices
TELEKOM
heatshrink
2 x 13.0 - 22.0
R
ORDERING:
Entry configuration
in the base
CABLELOK
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
Industry
77
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1030
MUF-1 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 6 KS-3E splice trays
• maximum 24 splices in a splice tray
• glass fibre reinforced, UV invurnelable plastic cap
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring and a set of clamping screws
• possibility of using metal bushings accepting polyvinyl jacketed and OPGW (ground wire) cables
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves on metal bushings
• employed for cables of capacity of up to 144 fibres
• possibility of mounting the closure with OH-3 bracket or WS-1 cantilever and OH-2 brackets
• in case of pylons, OH-3 mounting bracket is recommended
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
STANDARD KIT:
• splice closure
• KS-3E splice trays
• brackets, allen wrench, sillica gel
• two ADSS cable glands
• heatshrink sleeves
MUF-1 Closure
ACCESSORIES
• cable gland OPGW-2
• WS-1 cantilever with OH-2 brackets
• OH-3 bracket
ATTENTION: Installation of additional drop cables does not require dismantling already installed cable ports
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MUF-1/24
MUF-1/48
MUF-1/72
port types
MUF-1/96
cable diameter range [mm]
MUF-1/144
polyvinyl cable: 10-18, OPGW cable: 12-20
number of splice trays
1
2
3
type/capacity of splice tray
4
5
6
96
120
144
KS-3E/24
max. number of splices
24
48
number of patching fields
72
-
connector type
-
Cable sealing
heatshrink
dimensions height/diameter [mm]]
460 (510 with cable entries)/ø215
fixing
2 fixing brackets OH-2, or OH-3
weight [kg]
5
environmental IP protection
IP67
ORDERING:
MUF-1/48 - fibre optic closure with 2 splice trays for 48 splices
TELEKOM
MUF-1/120
6 round
MAN
WAN
FTTx
Industry
OPGW
Entry configuration
in the base
78
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1050
MUF-2 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 4 KS-3E splice trays
• maximum 24 splices in a splice tray
• glass fibre reinforced, UV invurnelable plastic cap
• adapter plates for 24 E-2000, SC connectors or 48 for LC connectors
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring and a set of clamping screws
• possibility of using metal bushings acepting polyvinyl jacketed and OPGW (ground wire) cables
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves on metal bushings
• employed for cables of capacity of up to 144 fibres
• possibility of mounting the closure with OH-3 bracket or WS-1 cantilever and OH-2 brackets
• in case of pylons, OH-3 mounting bracket is recommended
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
STANDARD KIT:
MUF-2 Cross-connect fibre optic splice closure
• splice closure
• KS-3E splice trays
• brackets, allen wrench, sillica gel
• two ADSS cable glands
• heatshrink sleeves
ACCESSORIES
• cable glands OPGW-2
• WS-1 cantilever with OH-2 brackets
• OH-3 brackets
• adapters and pigtails
ATTENTION: Installation of additional drop cables does not require dismantling already installed cable ports
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MUF-2/24
port types
6 round
cable diameter range [mm]
polyvinyl cable: 10-18, OPGW cable: 12-20
number of splice trays
2
type/capacity of splice tray
KS-3E/24
maximum number of splices
48
number of patching fields
Entry configuration
in the base
connector standard
24
48
E-2000, SC
LC
cable sealing
heatshrink
dimensions height/diameter [mm]
460 (510 with entries)/ø215
fixing
2 fixing brackets OH-2, or OH-3
weight [kg]
6
environmental IP protection
IP67
ORDERING:
MUF-24 - fibre optic splice closure for 24 splices and cross-connects
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
Industrył
OPGW
79
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1060
MUF-3 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• cross-connect fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 36 KSH splice trays
• maximum 24 splices in a splice tray with min. fiber bending radius of 38 mm
• UV invurnelable plastic cap
• adapter plates for 72 FC, ST, SC connectors or 96 E-2000, SC connectors or 144 LC connectors
• possibility of storing reserves of uncut, loose loops of feeder cable tubes
• environmentally sealed to the base with an “o” ring
• clamp enabling easy and multiple access to the interior of the closure
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves or CABLELOK rubber cable sealings
• possibility of mounting the closure with OH-3 bracket
• using fiber manifolds R-06 enables proper fiber distribution to splice trays
• large capacity - max. 192 splices
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
MUF-3 Cross-connect fibre optic splice closure
STANDARD KIT:
• splice enclosure
• KS-3E splice trays
• CABLELOK rubber Cable Sealings or heatshrink sleeves
• bands and tags
ADDITIONAL EQIPMENT:
• fiber manifold R-06
• OH-3 bracket
• adapters and pigtails
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MUF-3/72
port types
MUF-3/96
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
cable diameter range [mm]
polyvinyl cable: 3.8-29
number of splice trays
6x KS-3E or 12x KSH
type/capacity of splice tray
8x KS-3E or 16x KSH
KSH/12, KS-3E/24
max. number of splices
144
number of patching fields
connector standard
192
72
144
96
FC, ST, SC
LC
E2000, SC
cable sealing
CABLELOK, heatshrink
dimensions height/diameter [mm]
760 including cable entries/ø254 mm
fixing
OH-3
weight [kg]
7
8
environmental IP protection
IP67
ENTRY CONFIGURATION IN THE BASE:
cable diameter range [mm]
port
number of ports
CABLELOK seal
L
1
L1, L2, L3
B
16
B1, B2, B4
4.8 - 16.5
6.0 - 19.0
T
2
T1, T2, T3
15.5 - 29.0
8.0 - 35.0
S
10
S6, S1, S5, S2, S3
5.0 - 20.0
12.0 - 26.0
LM
1
LM1, LM1A, LM2, LM2A
2 x 9.5 - 22.0
2 x 8.0 - 22.0
CABLELOK
heatshrink
2 x 13.0 - 22.0
2 x 12.0 - 24.0
ORDERING:
MUF-3/96 - fibre optic closure for 192 splices and 96 cross-connects
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
Industry
Entry configuration
in the base
80
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
G1070
MUF-4 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE
FEATURES:
• cross-connect fibre optic closure used in underground and aerial networks
• up to 4 dedicated splice trays
• 12 splice slots per tray (up to 24 splices per tray if stacked)
• UV invulnerable plastic cap
• possibility of storing reserves of uncut, loose loops of feeder cable tubes
• hermetic environmental sealing
• clamp enabling easy and multiple access to the interior of the closure
• environmental cable sealing with heatshrink sleeves
• possibility of mounting the closure with included brackets
• used for cables with capacity of up to 96 fibres
• recommended cable retention frames:
SZ-3 (wooden poles)
SZ-2 (telecommunication pits)
SZ-4 (cable chambers)
STANDARD KIT:
Fibre Optic Enclosure MUF-4
• splice enclosure
• dedicated splice trays
• heatshrink sealings
• transport tubess, tags
• mounting kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MUF-4/12
MUF-4/24
port types
MUF-4/36
cable diameter range [mm]
1
2
type/capacity of splice tray
MUF-4/96
3
4
3
4
dedicated splice tray/12 (max. 24 stacked)
max. number of splices
12
24
36
48
number of patching fields
72
-
connector standard
-
cable sealing
heatshrink
dimensions height/diameter [mm]
440/ø210
fixing
dedicated brackets for mouting on walls or poles
weight [kg]
5
environmental IP protection
IP67
ORDERING:
MUF-4/72 - fibre optic closure for 72 splices
TELEKOM
MUF-4/72
7-18
number of splice trays
Entry configuration
in the base
MUF-4/48
4 round + 1 oval
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
96
81
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
FIBRE OPTIC CLOSURES
SPLICE CLOSURES AND CONNECTION SHEATS - SUMMARY
port types
cable diameter range
[mm]
number of
splice trays
type/capacity
of splice tray
max. number
of splices
cable sealing
dimensions height/diameter
or length/width/heigth [mm]
UFC2770
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
6
72
UFC2844
29 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
12
144
UFC2845
30 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
18
216
UFC2846
31 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
24
288
UFC2847
32 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
30
UFC2848
33 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
36
UFC2794
34 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
6
UFC2868
35 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
12
144
UFC2869
36 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
18
216
UFC2870
37 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
24
288
UFC2871
38 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
30
360
UFC2872
39 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
36
432
UFC2834
40 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
24
576
UFC2835
41 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
30
720
UFC2836
42 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
36
UFC2840
43 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
24
UFC2841
44 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
30
720
754/ø275
UFC2842
45 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
36
864
755/ø275
FRBU1313
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
2
24
FRBU1314
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
4
48
FRBU1315
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
FRBU1323
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
FRBU1324
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
FRBU1325
1 oval (L), 8 round (4xB, 4xR)
6
FDN3583
1 oval (L), 60 round (52xR, 4xS, 2xT, 2xB)
12
FDN3584
1 oval (L), 60 round (52xR, 4xS, 2xT, 2xB)
FDN3585
1 oval (L), 60 round (52xR, 4xS, 2xT, 2xB)
FDN3586
1 oval (L), 60 round (52xR, 4xS, 2xT, 2xB)
4.8 - 36
4.8 - 24
6
2
KSH/12
SMF/24
Hellapon/12 (maks.16)
4
1.7 - 35
12
12
12
SMF/24
750/ø275
750/ø275
750/ø275
750/ø275
72
400/ø275
750/ø275
750/ø275
752/ø275
CABLELOK
753/ø275
72
435/ø130
CABLELOK
435/ø130
144
CABLELOK
455/312/222
144
CABLELOK heatshrink
456/312/222
288
CABLELOK
457/312/222
288
CABLELOK heatshrink
458/312/222
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-20
1
24
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-21
2
48
MUF-1/72
6 round
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-22
3
72
MUF-1/96
6 round
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-23
4
96
MUF-1/120
6 round
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-24
5
120
464/ø215
MUF-1/144
6 round
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-25
6
144
465/ø215
MUF-2/24
6 round
10-18, OPGW cable: 9-20*
2
48
G1020
2xOH-2 or OH-3
G1030
461/ø215
heatshrink
462/ø215
463/ø215
460/ø215
2xOH-2 or OH-3,
patching 24xE-2000, SC
460/ø215
2xOH-2 or OH-3,
patching 48xLC
heatshrink
MUF-3/72
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
3,8-29
6/12
MUF-3/72
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
3,8-30
6/12
MUF-3/96
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
3,8-31
6/12
MUF-3/96
28 round (16xB, 2xT, 10xS) and 2 oval (1xL, 1xLM)
3,8-32
6/12
MUF-4/12
4 round + 1 oval
1
MUF-4/24
4 round + 1 oval
2
MUF-4/36
4 round + 1 oval
3
MUF-4/48
4 round + 1 oval
MUF-4/72
4 round + 1 oval
3
72
440/ø210
MUF-4/96
4 round + 1 oval
4
96
440/ø210
144
CABLELOK
heatshrink
192
760/ø 254
OH-3, patching 72xFC, ST, SC
760/ø 254
OH-3, patching 144xLC
760/ø 254
OH-3, patching 96xE-2000, SC
12
440/ø210
24
440/ø210
48
OH-3
460/ø215
6 round
4
G1010
435/ø130
6 round
7-18
2xOH-1
435/ø130
435/ø130
24
36
G1000
435/ø130
heatshrink
6 round
splice tray/12
(maks. 24)
OH-3
750/ø275
751/ø275
864
KSH/12, KS-3E/24
G1000
750/ø275
heatshrink
MUF-1/24
MUF-2/24
OH-3
750/ø275
MUF-1/48
KS-3E/24
G1000
600/ø275
CABLELOK
72
KSH/12
OH-3
600/ø275
heatshrink
432
48
OPTOCODE
400/ø275
360
576
fixing
remarks
heatshrink
440/ø210
440/ø210
dedicated brackets
G1050
G1060
G1070
82
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
CABLE GLANDS
OPTOCODE
G1080
NON-HEATSHRINK CABLE SEAL CABLELOK
FEATURES:
• excellent sealing properties to 6 m head of water
• rapid and consistent installation - 2 minutes in comparison with heatshrink 20 minutes
• no heat required for installation eliminating the possibility of cable damage
• mounting possible under tight packing conditions
• 25 years warranty for installed seals
• used for the environmental sealing of cable entering a Hellermann jointing enclosure
• manufactured from a grade of flexible neoprene rubber, resistant to external environmental conditions
• sealing is achieved by a number of internal lips seals which are compressed onto the cable during installation
• a range of sizes for individual types are given in the table below
SELECTION METHOD OF CABLELOK SEALING FOR ENTRIES IN JUNCTION SHEATHS:
CABLELOK Cable Seal
cable port
R
B
FDN
S
LM
L
T
FRBU
part number
cable diameter range [mm]
R8
CABLELOK 3755
1.7 - 2.0
R7
CABLELOK 3598
2x1.7 - 2.0
R9
CABLELOK 3873
3.0 - 3.8
R5
CABLELOK 1078
2x3.8 - 4.8
R1
CABLELOK 1080
3.8 - 5.2
R2
CABLELOK 1081
5.2 - 8.0
R3
CABLELOK 1082
8.0 - 9.5
R4
CABLELOK 1083
port plug
50
B4
CABLELOK 2952
4.8 - 9.0
B1
CABLELOK 1084
8.0 - 14.0
B2
CABLELOK 1085
13.0 - 16.5
B3
CABLELOK 1086
port plug
S6
CABLELOK 3874
5.0 - 8.5
S1
CABLELOK 1969
8.0 - 12.0
S5
CABLELOK 3601
2x10.0 - 11.5
S2
CABLELOK 1970
12.0 - 16.0
S3
CABLELOK 1971
16.0 - 20.0
S4
CABLELOK 1972
port plug
LM1
CABLELOK 1960
2x9.5 - 11.5
LM1A
CABLELOK 3607
2x12.0 - 14.5
LM2
CABLELOK 1961
2x17.5 - 18.5
LM2A
CABLELOK 3609
2x18.5 - 22.0
LM3
CABLELOK 1962
port plug
L1
CABLELOK 1087
2x13.0 - 14.5
L2
CABLELOK 1088
2x16.5 - 18.0
L3
CABLELOK 1079
2x20.0 - 21.5
T5
CABLELOK 3602
15.5 - 22.0
T1
CABLELOK 3603
20.5 - 23.5
T2
CABLELOK 3604
23.5 - 25.5
T3
CABLELOK 3605
24.5 - 29.0
T4
CABLELOK 3606
port plug
pack size
25
20
15
10
10
ORDERING:
B1- cable seal CABLELOK for cables of 9.0-14.0 mm diameter
TELEKOM
UFC
MUF-3
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
83
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
OPTOCODE
G1090
CABLE GLANDS
CABLE GLAND OPGW-2
FEATURES:
• the cable gland is intended for use in OPGW ground cable closure, employed in power lines
• application in fibre closures MUF-1, MUF-2
• cable is fixed between two parts of the gland tightened with two screws
• made for cables of diameter from 9.0 to 20.0 mm
• made of duralumin and brass
• dimensions: length 92 mm diameter 37 mm
STANDARD KIT:
• cable gland
• heatshrink sleeve
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
OPGW-2/12
OPGW-2/13
OPGW-2/14
OPGW-2/15
OPGW-2/16
OPGW-2/17
OPGW-2/18
OPGW-2/20
9.0 - 12.5
10.5 - 13.5
12.0 - 14.0
14.1 - 15.0
15.1 - 16.0
16.1 - 17.0
17.1 - 18.0
18.1 - 20.0
cable
diameter
range [mm]]
OPGW-2 Cable Gland
ORDERING:
OPGW-2/14 - cable gland for cable diameter from 12 to 14 mm
OPTOCODE
G1110
ADSS CABLE GLAND
FEATURES:
• intended for use for feeder cables, underground and overhead
• application in fiber closures MUF-1, MUF-2
• the cables are fixed with heatshrink sleevings and cable strength member
• made of duralumin and brass
• dimensions: length 114 mm, diameter 37 mm
• range of cable diameter: up to 18 mm
STANDARD KIT:
• cable gland
• heatshrink sleeve
ORDERING:
ADSS - cable gland
TELEKOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
Inustry
ADSS Cable gland
84
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
BRACKETS AND CLASPS
OPTOCODE
G1110
BRACKETS AND CLASPS
Bracket OH-1
• enables mounting FRBU enclosure
• for mounting a closure, two OH-1 brackets are needed
• metal crimping tie
• base made of epoxy powder coated, zinc plated steel sheet
Bracket OH-2
OH-1
• enables mounting enclosures MUF-1, MUF-2
• for mounting an closure, two OH-2 brackets are needed
• enables mounting on walls or WS-1 cantilevers
• zinc plated, epoxy powder coated steel bracket
Bracket OH-3
OH-2
• enables mounting enclosures UFC, MUF-1, MUF-2, MUF-3 and FDN
• for mounting a closure, one OH-3 bracket is needed
• enables mounting on walls or WS-1 cantilevers
• made of aluminium alloy, epoxy powder coated
• supporting c-shaped bars (for mounting on pylons) - steel, zinc plated
• plastic or metal cable ties
• enables mounting on pylons
Plastic bracket ACC 1037
• enables mounting FRBU closure
• for mounting a closure, one ACC1037 bracket is needed
• made of plastic
• possibility of fixing the closure in positions perpendicular to one another
Cantilever WS-1
OH-3
• application in fiber closures MUF-1, MUF-2
• made of aluminium or blaze zinc steel
• STANDARD KIT a bracket for setting the whole system on the pole
• an accessory for OH-2 bracket
STANDARD KIT:
• bracket/clasp
• mounting kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
application
bracket diameter [mm]
WS-1
pole mounting
holes span [mm]
base [mm]
OH-1
OH-2
OH-3
ACC 1037
FRBU
MUF-1, MUF-2
UFC, MUF-1, MUF-2,MUF-3, FDN
FRBU
115-130
160
260
100
2 holes ø8
2 holes ø9
5 holes ø10
2 holes ø5
175
240
90
78
30x205
30x275
45x400
58x100
WS-1/150
WS-1/200
dimensions [mm]
WS-1/300
650/150
pole diameter [mm]
150
fixing
200
300
2x2 holes ø9 mm
ORDERING:
OH-1 -optical fibre splice closure bracket
ACC 1037
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
OPGW
85
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
OPTOCODE
G1160
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PITS
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-1
FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
STANDARD KIT:
•
•
•
•
•
ACCESSORIES
•
•
ORDERING:
ZK-1 - Underground plastic pit
ZK-1 underground plastic pit
OPTOCODE
G1165
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-3
FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
STANDARD KIT:
•
•
•
•
•
Spare
cable
ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
ZK-1
3
9
200
50
800/400
180
20 (lid: 8)
number of ports
quantity of protective pipes ø40mm
max. spare cable capacity ø10mm [m]
max. spare cable capacity ø18mm [m]
dimensions: diameter/depth [mm]
enclosure diameter max [mm]
weight [kg]
ORDERING:
ZK-3 - Underground plastic pit with closure sleeve
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
ZK-3
3 to be cut out
9 to be cut out
300
100
800/560
220
23.5 (lid: 6.5)
ZK-3 Underground plastic pit
86
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1170
SZ-1, SZ-1.2, SZ-1.3 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES
FEATURES:
• designed to be installed in the outdoor cable chambers
• protects the cable against external mechanical damage
• guarantees functionality and proper bending radius of a cable
• consists of a casing, inbound metal rack and a lid
• interior access protected by a lock
• easy disassembly of the rack from the box
• has 8 (6 in case of SZ-1.2) cable outputs with special rubbed gasketed entries
• box made of sheet painted with the powder varnish with the colour RAL-7035
• available in special aluminium version SZ-1AL and SZ-1.2AL
STANDARD KIT:
• spare length cable box
• rubbed gasketed entries
• mounting kit
• locks
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZ-1
fixing
SZ-1.2
SZ-1.3
4x ø7 mm
530x530 mm
number of inputs/outputs of a cable
8
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
750/750/150
750/750/250
16
20
22
cable ø10 mm
150
250
350
cable ø11 mm
130
200
300
cable ø12 mm
100
180
250
cable ø13 mm
80
150
200
cable ø14 mm
60
120
180
cable ø16 mm
30
50
50
cable ø18 mm
-
-
50
lock
lock
lock
weight [kg]
cable capacity [m]
SZ-1, SZ-1.2 Cable spare length box
4x ø7 mm
630x630 mm
interior access protection
housing material/color
steel or aluminium/RAL7035
860/860/215
steel/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
SZ-1 Cable Spare Length Box
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
87
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1180
SZ-2, SZ-2.2, SZ-2.3 CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAMES
FEATURES:
• designed to be installed in the telecommunication pits or in cable chambers
• guarantees functionality and proper bending radius of a cable
• the rack arranges the layout of the cables
• enables for safe storing spare feeder cable of different diamters
• SZ-2 made of aluminium
• SZ-2.2 made of stainless steel sheet - for two cables
• SZ-2.3 made of steel sheet coated with anticorrosion layer- regulated arm base
• frame painted with the powder varnish with the colour RAL-7035
STANDARD KIT:
• cable spare length frame
• cable ties
• mounting kit
Cable spare length frame SZ-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
fixing
SZ-2
SZ-2.2
SZ-2.3
4x ø6.5 mm
280x280 mm
4x ø8 mm
300x300 mm
4x ø8 mm
500x500 mm
number of inputs / outputs of cable
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
-
-
-
550/550/95
600/600/160
880/880/160
weight [kg]
cable capacity [m]
0.9
1.7
4.4
cable ø10 mm
50
100
200
cable ø11 mm
50
80
180
cable ø12 mm
40
80
170
cable ø13 mm
30
70
160
cable ø14 mm
30
70
150
cable ø16 mm
-
-
120
cable ø18 mm
-
-
100
-
-
-
aluminium/RAL 7035
acid resistant steel/
RAL 7035
steel/RAL 7035
interior access protection
housing material/color
ORDERING:
Cable spare length frame SZ-2.2
SZ-2 outdoor cable spare length frame
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
Cable spare length frame SZ-2.3
88
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1190
SZ-3 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE FRAME
FEATURES:
• intended for use on telecommunication poles
• guarantees functionality and proper bending radius of a cable
• accommodates and arranges excess cable
• can be streched to increase capacity
• minimal reserve of 70 m, under maximal arches strech for cable of 10 mm diameter
• made of aluminium
• corrosive resistance for the whole exploatation period
• fixed on a pole with brackets
STANDARD KIT:
• fibre optic cable frame
• clamping rings
ACCESSORIES
• WS-1 cantilever
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
fixing
SZ-3/150
SZ-3/200
SZ-3/300
ø150 mm pole
ø200 mm pole
ø 300 mm pole
number of inputs / outputs of cable
-
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
2 arches of 300 radius
weight [kg]
22
cable capacity [m]
cable ø10 mm
80
80
80
cable ø11 mm
70
70
70
cable ø12 mm
60
60
60
cable ø13 mm
50
cable ø14 mm
40
40
40
cable ø16 mm
20
20
20
cable ø18 mm
20
20
20
-
-
-
interior access protection
housing material/color
aluminium
Fibre optic cable frame SZ-3
ORDERING:
SZ-3 - fibre optic cable frame
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
89
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1200
SZ-4, SZ-4.2 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX
FEATURES:
• designated for installation in cable chambers
• interior access is protected with a lid, in SZ-4.2 lockable
• capacity from 20 up to 50 m of cable, for diameters 13 and 10 mm
• guarantees functionality and proper bending radius of a cable
• forces the cable arrangement
STANDARD KIT:
• spare length cable box
• mounting kit
• lock (SZ-4.2)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZ-4
fixing
SZ-4.2
4x ø6,5 mm
280x280 mm
number of inputs / outputs of cable
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
4
4
550/550/100
750/750/150
weight [kg]
cable capacity
[m]
6,5
12
cable ø10 mm
50
150
cable ø11 mm
50
120
cable ø12 mm
40
100
cable ø13 mm
30
80
cable ø14 mm
30
70
cable ø16 mm
20
30
cable ø18 mm
20
30
interior access protection
-
housing material/color
lock
steel/RAL 7035
Spare Length Cable Box SZ-4, SZ-4.2
SPOSÓB ZAMAWIANIA:
SZ-4 - spare length cable box
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
90
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1210
SZ-5 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX
FEATURES:
• intended for use in cable chambers and outdoors
• protects the cable against external mechanical damage, secures proper cable bending radius
• interior access protected by a key locked lid
• maximum cable diameter 18 mm
• 4 cable entries, on top and bottom wall
• possibility of inserting horizontal cables
• made of aluminium sheet
STANDARD KIT:
• spare length cable box
• cable ports
• port plugs
• installation kit
• lock
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZ-5
fixing
4x ø10 mm
500x500 mm
number of cable ports
4
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
365/635/140
weight [kg]
5,4
cable capacity [m]
cable ø10 mm
100
cable ø11 mm
90
cable ø12 mm
70
cable ø13 mm
60
cable ø14 mm
50
cable ø16 mm
30
cable ø18 mm
20
interior access protection
lock
housing material/colour
aluminium/RAL 7035
Spare Length Cable Box SZ-5
ORDERING:
SZ-5 - Spare Length Cable Box
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
91
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1220
SZ-6 CABLE UNCOILING RACK
FEATURES:
• intended for use in cable manholes
• protects the cable against excessive strains in case of accidental pulling
• capacity from 15 up to 50 m of outdoor cable for cable diameters of 13 mm and 10 mm respectively
• easy insertion of the coiled outdoor cable into the rack through the hinged cover
• cable pulled with the minimum axial force around 5N unwinds freely from both sides
• protects cable against excessive axial strains and breakages
• compliant with ZN-95 TP SA-002/T p.3.3. standard the SZ-6 secures the required redundancy of the cable in separate
manholes
• employed in areas of potential mining shocks
• used as a technological cable reserve set in the middle of the installed cable route
• the rack is mounted to the manhole wall with two 8 mm diameter screws, perpendicularly to cable route direction
• made of steel sheets with the anti-corrosion coating, finished with the powder varnish in RAL 7035 colour
STANDARD KIT:
• cable uncoiling rack
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZ-6
fixing
2x ø9 mm
280x280 mm
number of cable entries
6
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
550/550/220
weight [kg]
6
cable capacity [m]
cable ø10 mm
50
cable ø11 mm
50
cable ø12 mm
30
cable ø13 mm
30
cable ø14 mm
20
cable ø16 mm
20
cable ø18 mm
-
interior access protection
-
housing material/colour
Cable Uncoiling Rack - SZ-6
steel/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
SZ-6 - Cable Uncoiling Rack
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
xWDM
Industry
92
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1230
SZ-7/N CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAME
FEATURES:
• dedicated for use in cable chambers
• hinged frames for the storage of spare cable coils
• easy access to all cables routed from the top or from the bottom
• capacity of one hinged frame: 4 cable coils, 60 up to 150 m each
• maximum coil diameter: 800 mm
• installation of 4 additional SZ-7K spare cable frames on each hinged frame possible
• SZ-7K is used for smaller diameter cables with the maximum coil diameter of 550 mm
• maximum capacity of SZ-7K frame: 50 m of the cable with 10 mm diameter
• maximum capacity of SZ-7/4 with 4 frames is 32 cable coils (only if 4 SZ-7k frames are used)
• made of steel profiles finished with powder varnish in RAL 7035 colour
STANDARD KIT:
• cable spare length frame
SZ-7/2
• installation kit
• cable ties
ADDITIONAL STANDARD KIT
• additional cable spare length frame SZ-7K
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
fixing
dimensions width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
cable capacity
[m]
Additional Cable Spare Length Frame SZ-7K
SZ-7/1
SZ-7/2
SZ-7/3
SZ-7/4
standing
standing
standing
standing
standing
350/1700/850
600/1700/850
850/1700/850
1100/1700/850
1000/1750/400
35
50
65
80
65
cable ø10 mm
150
150X2
150X3
150X4
-
cable ø11 mm
120
120X2
120X3
120X4
-
cable ø12 mm
100
100X2
100X3
100X4
-
cable ø13 mm
80
80X2
80X3
80X4
-
cable ø14 mm
60
60x2
60X3
60X4
-
cable ø16 mm
30
30X2
30X3
30X4
-
cable ø18 mm
20
20X2
20X3
20X4
-
housing material/colour
steel profiles/RAL 7035
NOTICE:
1. Frame heights: 1.7 m without the base, 2.0 m with the base.
2. SZ-7K frames and lateral plates to be ordered separately
SZ-7/3M
• stores up to 15 optical cable splice closures
• stores optical splice closures of diameter up to 300 mm
ORDERING:
SZ-7/2 - Cable Spare Length Frame with two hinged frames for 8 outdoor cable coils
TELEKOM
SZ-7/3/M
ACCESS
SZ-7/3/M
CATV
MAN
WAN
93
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
OPTOCODE
G1240
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
SZKL SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX
FEATURES:
• dedicated for use in cable chambers
• applied in conjunction with PSPE Distribution Boxes’ family
• storage of spare feeder cables and subscriber cables
• access to the interior protected by a key locked lid
• enables splicing of up to 48 fibre count outdoor cables
• can serve as a fibre splice closure and spare cable length box by itself (combines functionalities of MK-5/48 and SZ-4)
STANDARD KIT:
• spare length cable box
• lid
• splice trays
• cable ties and bands
• wall mounting kit
• lock
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZKL
fixing
4x ø8 mm
470x470 mm
number of cable ports
2
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
550/550/65
weight [kg]
5,7
cable capacity
[m]
cable ø10 mm
50
cable ø11 mm
40
cable ø12 mm
30
cable ø13 mm
15
cable ø14 mm
10
cable ø16 mm
-
cable ø18 mm
-
interior access protection
lock
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
SZKL - Spare Length Cable Box
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
Spare Length Cable Box SZKL
MAN
WAN
94
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
OPTOCODE
G1250
SZ-8 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX
FEATURES:
• dedicated for use in cable chambers
• access to the interior protected by a key locked lid
• 6 round pre-punched cable entries, 2 open cable entry slots allowing insertion of the cable loop
• possibility of installation of up to three KS-3E splice trays
• possibility of installation of two Fibre Optic Distribution Boxes PSW-12/DIN
• STANDARD KIT outdoor cable termination plates
• space dedicated for storage and arrangement of outdoor cable loose tubes guided to splice trays and distribution boxes
• made of steel sheet finished with powder varnish
STANDARD KIT:
• spare length cable box
• rubber bushing
• rubber gland
• DIN rail
• cable ties and bands
• lock
• KS-3E splice trays
ADDITIONAL STANDARD KIT
• PSW-12/DIN Fibre Optic Distribution Box
• splittable corrugated protective tube
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZ-8
fixing
4x ø8 mm
560x560 mm
6 round pre-punched, 2 open slots
number of cable entries
dimensions: width/heigth/ depth [mm]
550/65/550
weight [kg]
13,8
Spare Length Cable Box SZ-8
cable capacity [m]
cable ø10 mm
100
cable ø11 mm
100
cable ø12 mm
80
cable ø13 mm
60
cable ø14 mm
50
cable ø16 mm
30
cable ø18 mm
20
interior access protection
lock
housing material/colour
steel sheet/RAL 7035
ORDERING:
SZ-8 - Spare Length Cable Box
TELEKOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
95
FIBRE OPTIC
CABLE STANDARD KIT
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND FRAMES
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND RACKS - SUMMARY
SZ-1
number of cable entries
dimensions: width/height/
depth [mm]
weigth [kg]
cable
capacity [m]
8
6
8
SZ-2.2
SZ-2.3
SZ-3/150
SZ-3/200
SZ-3/300
4x ø8 mm
300x300 mm
4x ø8 mm
500x500 mm
ø słupa
150 mm
ø pole
200 mm
ø pole
300 mm
-
-
-
-
550/550/95
600/600/160
880/880/160
2 arches of 300 radius
22
0,9
1,7
4,4
cable ø10 mm
150
250
350
50
100
200
80
80
80
cable ø11 mm
130
200
300
50
180
70
70
70
cable ø12 mm
100
180
250
40
170
60
60
60
cable ø13 mm
80
150
200
cable ø14 mm
60
120
180
cable ø16 mm
30
50
50
-
-
120
cable ø18 mm
-
-
50
-
-
100
lock
lock
steel or aluminium sheet/
RAL 7035
30
70
SZ-6
2x ø9 mm
280x280 mm
50
30
80
60
30
70
50
20
20
20
20
30
-
-
-
-
lock
lock
-
-
-
aluminium/
RAL 7035
acid resistant steel
sheet/ RAL 7035
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
G1180
SZ-7/4
SZ-7/3/M
standing
standing
6
-
-
-
-
-
550/550/220
350/1700/850
600/1700/850
850/1700/850
1100/1700/850
6
35
50
65
80
cable ø10 mm
50
150
150X2
150X3
cable ø11 mm
50
120
120X2
cable ø12 mm
30
100
cable ø13 mm
30
80
G1210
1000/1750/400
550/65/550
550/65/550
65
13,8
5,7
150X4
-
100
50
120X3
120X4
-
100
40
100X2
100X3
100X4
-
80
30
80X2
80X3
80X4
-
60
15
10
2
20
60
60x2
60X3
60X4
-
50
20
30
30X2
30X3
30X4
-
30
-
cable ø18 mm
-
20
20X2
20X3
20X4
-
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
lock
lock
4x ø7 mm
530x530 mm
G1220
G1230
number of cable
entries
dimensions:
width/height/
depth [mm]
steel/RAL 7035 steel/RAL 7035
G1250
cable ø11
mm
cable ø12
mm
cable ø13
mm
cable ø14
mm
750/750/150
16
150
130
100
80
60
30
-
lock
20
250
200
180
150
120
50
-
lock
350
300
250
200
180
40
30
30
22
SZ-2
4x ø6.5 mm
280x280 mm
-
550/550/95
0 .9
SZ-2.2
4x ø8 mm
300x300 mm
-
600/600/160
1 .7
100
SZ-2.3
4x ø8 mm
500x500 mm
-
880/880/160
4 .4
200
180
170
160
150
-
2 arches each
with 300mm
radius
22
80
70
60
50
40
ø pole 150 mm
SZ-3/300
ø pole 300 mm
4x ø6,5 mm
280x280 mm
SZ-5
4x ø10 mm
500x590 mm
SZ-6
2x ø9 mm
280x280 mm
interior access
protection
750/750/250
860/860/215
ø pole 200 mm
cable ø18
mm
8
8
SZ-3/150
cable ø16
mm
6
4x ø7 mm
630x630 mm
SZ-3/200
G1240
cable capacity [m]
weight [kg] cable ø10
mm
SZ-1.3
SZ-4
G1200
cable ø14 mm
fixing
SZ-4.2
steel sheet/RAL 7035
G1190
cable ø16 mm
OPTOCODE
50
80
70
4
550/550/100
6 .5
50
50
40
30
30
750/750/150
12
150
120
100
80
70
4
635/635/140
5 .4
100
90
70
60
50
550/550/220
50
steel sheet/RAL
7035
-
-
-
aluminium/
RAL 7035
-
-
-
acid resistant
steel/
RAL 7035
120
100
-
steel sheet/RAL
7035
6
50
50
30
30
20
-
20
G1190
steel sheet/RAL
7035
G1200
lock
aluminium/
RAL 7035
G1210
-
steel sheet/RAL
7035
G1220
steel sheet/RAL
7035
G1230
30
30
20
lock
20
-
standing
-
350/1700/850
35
150
120
100
80
60
30
20
-
-
600/1700/850
50
150X2
120X2
100X2
80X2
60x2
30X2
20X2
-
SZ-7/3
standing
-
850/1700/850
65
150X3
120X3
100X3
80X3
60X3
30X3
20X3
-
SZ-7/4
standing
-
1100/1700/850
80
150X4
120X4
100X4
80X4
60X4
30X4
20X4
-
standing
-
1000/1750/400
65
-
4x ø8 mm
560x560 mm
4x ø8 mm
470x470 mm
6 round prepunched, 2 open
slots
650/650/155
13 .8
550/65/550
G1180
aluminium
standing
SZKL
G1170
-
SZ-7/1
SZ-7/3/M
steel or
aluminium sheet/
RAL 7035
lock
SZ-7/2
SZ-8
housing material/
OPTOCODE
colour
-
4
6
lock
aluminium
SZKL
4x ø8 mm
470x470 mm
steel sheet/RAL 7035
30
20
aluminium/
RAL 7035
SZ-8
4x ø8 mm
560x560 mm
6 round pre-punch,
2 open slots
steel/RAL 7035
90
70
40
SZ-7/3
interior access protection
120
100
50
standing
housing material/colour
100
40
SZ-7/2
weight [kg]
40
5,4
150
50
standing
dimensions: width/height/
depth [mm]
50
365/635/140
12
40
SZ-7/1
number of cable entries
6,5
160
standing
fixing
SZ-5
4x ø10 mm
500x500 mm
150
steel sheet/
RAL 7035
G1170
SZ-4.2
4x ø6,5 mm
280x280 mm
4
22
80
SZ-4
550/550/100 750/750/150
20
housing material/colour
SZ-1
SZ-2
750/750/150 750/750/250 860/860/215
OPTOCODE
SZ-1.2
SZ-1.3
4x ø7 mm
4x ø6,5 mm
630x630 mm 280x280 mm
16
interior access protection
cable
capacity [m]
SZ-1.2
4x ø7 mm
530x530 mm
fixing
5 .7
100
50
40
-
-
-
-
-
-
80
60
50
30
20
lock
steel sheet/RAL
7035
G1250
lock
steel sheet/RAL
7035
G1240
30
15
10
-
-
5
Modern access networks are aimed to enable the end user to benefit from nowadays telecommunication
services (packet HD resolution TV, fast data transmission, voice communication). These requirements can
be met only by networks based on optical fibre. Problems such as limited range and low throughput do not
concern them in contrary to present copper networks.
Optical network can be based on traditional Ethernet or on a concept of a Passive Optical Network (PON).
Ethernet is a point-to-point network, from telecommunication central office to a client signal is transmitted by
one or two dedicated fibres. In case of PON, the signal is guided by one optical fibre and is divided by means
of passive optical splitter on 32, 64 or 128 clients. The method employed in sharing transmission medium by
multiple end-users in a large degree minimizes the required size of passive infrastructure and makes it the
cheapest method of building optical access networks simultaneously preserving all the advantages of optical
fibre.
The choice of components used for building optical networks depends on the chosen technology, type of
buildings in the area as well as allready existing teletechnical infrastructure. The following chapter presents
products and methods of building acces networks in various types of building developments.
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
CONTENTS
FTTX ACCESS NETWORKS
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS DEVELOPMENTS ....98
STREET CABINET PU - FTTX DISTRIBUTION NODE ...................................100
PSP FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................................101
PSPE FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................................102
SZKL EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOX ...............................................103
PSMO MULTI-OPERATOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ..........................................104
PSH-2 OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................................105
HPC1628 EASY ACCESS FIBRE ................................................................106
HPC1626 EASY ACCESS FIBRE ................................................................107
ACCESSORIES FOR EASY ACCESS CABLES .............................................108
BRANCH BOXES ......................................................................................109
SZKLD EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOXES ..........................................110
MP-16D SHAFT SPLICE BOX ...................................................................111
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS WITH DETACHED HOUSES .112
PSS-1, PSS-2 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ......................114
PSS-3, PSS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ......................115
PS-CCS-1 SPLICE CLOSURE/CROSS-CONNECT SPLICE BOX ....................116
NMS-6 OUTDOOR SPLICE CLOSURE/OPTICAL CROSS - CONNECT SPLICE BOX ...........117
CABLING WITHIN CUSTOMER APARTMENT ..............................................118
NGO-12 WALL-MOUNTED FIBRE OPTIC OUTLET ......................................120
SUBSCRIBER PIGTAIL WITH G.657 A2 FIBRE ............................................121
98
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS DEVELOPMENTS
At the network design stage, local conditions and location have to be taken into consideration and size of distribution
point has to be defined.
Distribution point
In passive optical networks, the aim of a distribution point is to branch with the aid of optical splitters, fibres coming
to a building from a Telecommunication Central Office and connect them to the vertical cabling system in the building.
According to the needs the following products can be applied at the distribution point: PSMO, PSP, PSPE Indoor
Distribution Cabinets with 32 to 288 clients capacity, PSH-2 Outdoor Cabinets with 12 to 144 clients capacity as well as
PU Street Cabinets and PSS Splice Pillar with 20 to 1728 clients capacity.
Vertical cabling
For vertical cabling, it is advised to use Easy Access Cables. These cables have mechanically durable external coating
layer protecting loosely organised optical fibres. Such a construction allows for withdrawing single fibres through
windows cut in the cable’s coating.
Easy Access Cables are offered in two versions: with 900 μm buffered fibres or with multifibre compact tubes. The
window-cuts in the vertical cable are protected with a branch box or wall-mounted splice box. Using cables with 900
μm buffered fibres, to ensure the possibility of connecting clients on the highest level of a building, the coiling boxes
with the capacity of 20 m of supplementary fibres are installed on the top floor.
Horizontal cabling
The method of connecing an end-user to a network is dependent on a version of employed cable. Connecting a
subscriber with a single 900 μm buffered fibre is based on pulling a selected fibre out through a window-cut and
inserting this fibre into a microtube going from the window in the cable to subscriber’s outlet. In the outlet, the SC/APC
pigtail is spliced to the selected fibre.
While using a multifibre cable with compact tubes, clients are connected by pigtails of increased mechanical durability.
The pigtails are spliced with the fibres from the compact tube drawn out through a window cut in vertical cable, and later
are distributed to subscribers’ outlets. The window-cuts are covered with wall mounted splice boxes..
99
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS DEVELOPMENTS
Passive Optical Network on multi-dwelling buildings developments
100
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
STREET CABINET PU - FTTX DISTRIBUTION NODE
OPTOCODE
J1010
FEATURES:
• outdoor cabinet, optimal for building distribution nodes of high capacities
• capability of mounting passive optical elements of modules MPPO and MS
• enables insertion of microducts and cable-duct tubes
• stillage useful height 20U, 30U, 33U, 66U
EQUIPMENT:
• cable entries
• cable organizers
• cable fixing and fibre distribution plate
• concrete plinth
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
usefull 19” frame installation height
PU-5
PU-7
PU-10
PU-20
858/1170/465
858/1615/465
858/1752/465
1716/1752/465
20U
30U
33U
66U
equipment for PON purposes - with splitter outputs cross-connect capability
splitter modules 1x32 in PS-19/144/3U
14
24
24
54
19'' Fibre Optic Patch Panels PS-19/144 for terminating client’s cables
3
6
6
12
19’’ Fibre Optic Patch Panels for termination of the cables routed
from the OLT to PU cabinets equipped with PS-19/1U, PS-19/2U
1
1
1
1
cable bracket plate TU-19
2
2
2
6
19” Excess Cable Tray SZ-19L
3
6
6
12
432
768
768
1728
maximum number of PON clients with recommended equipment
equipment for PON purposes - cross-connects with patchcords
Street Cabinet PU-10 with FTTX equipment
19'' frames PPO-19/3U for mounting optical splitters in MPPO-3 modules
2
4
4
8
splitter modules 1x32 in MPP0-3
8
14
16
32
19’’ Fibre Optic Patch Panels PS-19 for terminating clients’ cables
2
3
4
8
19’’ Fibre Optic Patch Panels for termination of the cables
routed from the OLT to PU cabinets equipped with PS-19/1U
1
1
1
1
cable bracket plate TU-19
2
4
4
8
19” Excess Cable Tray SZ-19L
2
3
4
8
256
432
512
1024
maximum number of PON clients with recommended equipment
ORDERING:
PU-10 - Street Cabinet with 33U intallation useful height
FTTx
PON
101
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1020
PSP FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• for use in FTTH networks in multi-dwelling buildings
• wall-mounted on the lowest level of a building
• terminates cables coming to the building from Telecommunication Central Office, vertical cables and enables
installation of optical splitters
• connecting clients by cross-connecting optical splitter outputs
EQUIPMENT:
• case with a lock
• KSQ and KS-24 splice trays (set according to the table, applies to KS-24 tray)
• cable ties, description table
• wall installation kit
• installation and handling instruction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSP-32
PSP-72
number of splices on client cable side
36
72
144
number of patching fields on client cable side
36
72
144
6/24
number of splices in a splice tray
PSP-144
3/12
3/24
number of splices on feeder cable side
12
12
24
number of patching fields on feeder cable side
4
12
24
number of splice trays on feeder cable side
1
1
1
number of optical splitters
2
4
7
splitter pigtail length [m]
1
1
1
connector standard
recommended customer distribution pigtail length [m]
SC
1,5
1,5
number of cable/duct entries
6
12
12
maximum number of entering cables
18
36
36
maximum diameter of cable/duct entries [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
2,5
ø37
ø37
ø37
405/305/100
505/370/135
560/555/180
8
colour
RAL 7035
housing material
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP50
ORDERING:
PSP-32 - Wall-Mounted Distribution Box, for use in FTTH networks, pigtails, adapters and splitters to be ordered separately
FTTx
PON
Fibre Optic Distribution Box PSP-32
102
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
PSPE FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1030
FEATURES:
• for use in FTTH networks in multi-dwelling buildings
• wall-mounted on the lowest level of a building
• terminates cables coming to the building from Telecommunication Central Office, vertical cables and enables
installation of optical splitters
• separated area for terminations of feeder cables incoming to the distribution box from telecommunication central office
as well as vertical cables in the building
• separate access to a part of distribution box containing splices and patching fields
• connecting clients by cross-connecting optical splitter outputs
• possibility of mounting Easy Access Cable Coiling Box SZKL on the backside of PSPE-144 or above/under PSPE-72,
PSPE-144, PSPE-288
EQUIPMENT:
• case with a lock
• KS-3E splice trays
• cable ties, description table
Distribution Box PSPE-72
• wall installation kit
• installation and handling instruction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSPE-72
PSPE-144
PSPE-288
splice/connector capacity of client cable side
72
144
288
number of splice trays on client cable side
3
6
12
12/6
12/6
12
splice/connector capacity on feeder cable side
number of splice trays on feeder cable side
1
1
1
number of optical splitters
2
4
7
114/140/18
114/140/18
114/140/18
1
1
1.5
maximum splitter dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
splitter pigtail length [m]
connector standard
recommended customer distribution pigtail length [m]
number of cable/duct entries
maximum number of entering cables
E2000, SC
3.5
4.0
8
16
maximum diameter of entering cables [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
colour
16
18
550/380/180
550/550/180
550/900/180
8
9
11
RAL 7035
housing material
Distribution Box PSPE-144
5.0
2 slot entries, one on top and one on the bottom of
the distribution box
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP50
ORDERING:
PSPE-72 - Wall-Mounted Distribution Box, for use in FTTH networks, pigtails, adapters and splitters to be ordered separately
FTTx
PON
103
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1035
SZKL EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOX
FEATURES:
• intended for cooperation with Fibre Optic Distribution Boxes PSPE
• in the basic version offered without a lid, intended for mounting under Fibre Optic Distribution Boxes PSPE-144
• has transport channels, enabling mounting under or over Distribution Boxes PSPE
• when mouning over or under Fibre Optic Distribution Boxes PSPE, a case with a lid should be ordered
• includes trays for splices
EQUIPMENT:
• lidless case
• KS-3E splice trays
• wall installation kit
• installation instruction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SZKL
maximum number of splices
cable capacity [m]
48
cable ø13 mm
12 m in a frame
cable ø5.5 mm
35 m in outer handles
number of splice trays
number of inputs
maximum number of entering cables
maximum diameter of entering cables [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
2
2 slot entries
3
13.5
550/550/65
5
colour
RAL 7035
housing material
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP20
ORDERING:
SZKL- Cable Coiling Box for PSPE-144 Distribution Box
FTTx
PON
Easy Access Cable Coiling Box SZKL
for Distribution Box PSPE-144
104
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
PSMO MULTI-OPERATOR DISTRIBUTION BOX
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1040
FEATURES:
• for use in FTTH networks in multi-dwelling buildings
• wall-mounted on the lowest level of a building
• terminates cables coming to the building from Telecommunication Central Office, vertical cables and enables
installation of optical splitters
• stackable with cross connection possibility between operators
• top distribution box in the frame designated for terminating vertical cables in a building
• the lower one dedicated for termination of operators’ cables
• client connection based on patchcord crossing between patching field of the distribution box, where vertical cables are
terminated and patching field of the operator distribution box
Multi-operator Distribution Box PSMO-1/36
• builiding a network based on Distribution Boxes PSMO-1, appropriate number of single PSMO-1 is collated, one for
vertical cables of a building, the other one for operator
• Distribution Boxes PSMO-2 consist of two modules, the upper designated for terminating vertical cables in a building,
the lower designated for terminating cables of one operator
EQUIPMENT:
• case with a lock
• KSQ splice trays
• cable ties, description table
• wall installation kit
• installation and handling instruction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSMO-1/36
PSMO-2/40
PSMO-2/64
36
2x48
2x72
2x144
36+2
2x40
2x64
2x144
number of splice trays
3
2x4
2x6
2x12
maximum number of splitters
2
6
6
6
80/100/10
80/100/10
114/140/18
114/140/18
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
4
6
number of splices
number of patching fields
maximum splitter dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
splitter pigtail length [m]
connector standard
recommended pigtail length [m]
SC or E-2000
1.5
1.5
number of cable/duct entries in the side wall
1
number of cable entries in the upper wall
maximum number of entering cables
1 slot entry
1
2
maximum diameter of entering cables [mm]
Multi-operator Distribution Box PSMO-2/40
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
ø14
500/200/120
450/400/140
550/550/180
550/900/180
3.5
7
9
12
colour
RAL 7035
housing material
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP41
ORDERING:
PSMO-2/40 - Multi-operator Distribution Box, applicable for FTTH networks
FTTx
PON
PSMO-2/144
105
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1045
PSH-2 OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION BOX
FEATURES:
• wall-mounted distribution box, intended for mounting outside or inside buildings
• designed for installation in highly dusted industrial environment
• possibility of installing optical splitters
• separate splice box and cross-connect area
• IP66 rated environmental protection
• possibility of installation on a plinth
• connecting clients by cross-connecting optical splitter outputs
EQUIPMENT:
• adapter plate
• KS-3E splice trays
• cable ports (e.g. DP-13, DP-16, DP-21)
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
Distribution Box PSH-2/24
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSH-2/12
number of splice trays
PSH-2/24
2xKS-3E
PSH-2/48
PSH-2/72
PSH-2/96
PSH-2/144
4xKS-3E
6xKS-3E
8xKS-3E
12xKS-3E
maximum number of splices
24
24
48
72
96
144
number of patching fields
12
24
48
72
96
144
maximum number of splitters
2
2
3
3
6
6
80/100/10
114/140/18
114/140/18
114/140/18
1
1
maximum splitter dimensions: width/height/depth [mm] 80/100/10 80/100/10
splitter pigtail length [m]
recommended pigtail length [m] 0,9 mm
1
1
recommended pigtail length [m] 2,0 mm
number of cable entries
weight [kg]
3.0
4.0
21
26
500/600/230
800/600/300
11
26
8
12
18
300/400/200
1
4.0
2.5
5.8
housing material
3.0
4
maximum diameter of entering cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
1
2.5
400/500/200
7.5
8
glass fibre reinforced polyester
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP66
ORDERING:
PSH-2/96/E/SC - Outdoor Optical Fibre Distribution Box for 96 pigtails and E2000 or SC adapters
Distribution Box PSH-2/96
FTTx
PON
106
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
HPC1628 EASY ACCESS FIBRE
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1050
FEATURES:
• capacity up to 48, G.657 A2, 900 μm buffered fibres
• applied in vertical installations in multi-dwelling buildings
• easy access to fibres through a window-cut
• possibility to draw up to 20 m of fibre out of a cable through a window-cut
• branching achieved by leading a drawn fibre to client’s apartment
• non-flammable external coating, halogen free LSOH, in accordance with international fire safety requirements
SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSORIES:
• knives for cutting windows in cable sheath
• tube with a pullcord for fibre protection, laid from a window-cut in a cable to a subscriber’s outlet
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
HPC1628 cable construction
fibre count
1-8J
1-12J
transport and storage
temperature range [°C]:
24J
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-15 to +60
maximum pulling force [N]
300
crush resistance [N/cm]
100
minimum bending radius [mm]
65
standard packaging
500
90
4
IEC60332-1 and IEC60332-3C
nominal diameter [mm]
6.6
8.5
10.5
13.5
nominal weight [kg/km]
32 to 38
55 to 64
87 to 97
122 to 143
manufacturing year and week - ACOME - fibre count and type - product
code + metre marks
ORDERING:
AC-HPC1628/1/24/G.657 D - Easy Access Cable, 24 fibres G.657 A2, 900 μm buffered
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) strength members
opening side location maker for proper window cutting
900 μm easy strip buffer
halogen free coating (LSOH)
130
indoor
marking of outer sheath
3
100
cylinders of 2 or 4 km
flame retardancy
2
600
200
storage
1
48J
-40 to +70
FTTx
PON
107
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1060
HPC1626 EASY ACCESS FIBRE
FEATURES:
• up to 288 fibres organised in compact tubes
• 2, 4, 6, 8 or 12 fibres per tube
• applied in vertical installations in multi-dwelling buildings
• easy access to fibres through a window-cut
• possibility to draw out up to 6 m of compact tube through a window-cut
• branching achieved by splicing in a shaft splice box
• halogen free coating LSOH, in accordance with international fire safety requirements
SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSORIES:
• knives for cutting windows in cable sheath
• tube with a pullcord for fibre protection, laid from a window-cut in a cable to a subscriber’s outlet
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
fibre count
configuration of cable tubes
HPC1626 Cable construction
2-48J
2-72J
26-144J
50-288J
max. 13 tubes
each of 2 SMF
or 4 tubes
of 12 SMF each
max. 18 tubes
each of 2 SMF
or 6 tubes
of 12 SMF each
max. 34 tubes
each of 2 SMF
or 12 tubes
of 12 SMF each
max. 64 tubes
each of 2 SMF
or 24 tubes
of 12 SMF each
transport and storage
temperature range [°C]:
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-15 to +60
maximum pulling force [N]
300
crush resistance [N/cm]
100
minimum bending radius [mm]
60
standard packaging
500
600
200
90
100
130
cylinders of 2 or 4 km
storage
indoor
flame retardancy
IEC60332-1 i IEC60332-3C
nominal diameter [mm]
6.6
8.5
10.5
13.5
nominal weight [kg/km]
32 to 38
55 to 64
81 to 95
112 to 140
marking of outer sheath
manufacturing year and week - ACOME - fibre count and type - product
code + metre marks
ORDERING:
SC-HPC1626/CT/3/12/G.657 - Easy Access Cable 36 fibres, structure: 3 modules, 12 fibres each
FTTx
PON
1
2
3
4
1. Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) strength members
2. opening side location maker for proper window
cutting
3. compact tube with 2, 4, 6, 8 or 12 singlemode fibres
4. halogen free coating (LSOH)
108
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
ACCESSORIES FOR EASY ACCESS CABLES
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1065
NKLDO KNIFE
FEATURES:
• enables precise window cutting in an easy access cable
• cutting depth adjustment
• intended for cutting windows in cable’s coating inside branch boxes of small sizes
NKLDO Knife
ORDERING:
NKLDO - Knife For Easy Acces Cable
NKLDA KNIFE
FEATURES:
• enables precise window cutting in an easy access cable
NKLDA Knife
• cutting depth adjustment
• rails making knife motions easier
ORDERING:
NKLDO - Knife For Easy Acces Cable
Tube with a pullcord
TUBE WITH A PULLCORD EMT-MICRODUCT 4/2.5
FEATURES:
• shielding of fibre laid from a window-cut in a cable to subscriber’s outlet
• diameter 4/2.5 mm or 5/3.5 mm
• non-flammable material, does not emit halogen compounds
ORDERING:
EMT-MICRODUCT 4/2.5 - primary microtube LFH, white, diameter 4 mm with a pullcord (pack size 4 km)
FTTx
1
2
1. pullcord
2. external coating
PON
109
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1070
BRANCH BOXES
FEATURES:
• intended for branching from vertical cable in multi-dwelling buildings
• mounted on previously installed vertical cable
• available in versions for performing splices or as protective cover of branching
• possibility of mounting in places of limited space - small dimensions
EQUIPMENT:
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
Branch Box OKLD
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of splices
OKLD
OKLDS
By-Box 6
Be-Box 12
0
12
0
12
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
12x Φ5 mm
12x Φ5 mm
6x Φ5 mm
12x Φ5 mm
number of splice trays
number of input/output vertical cables
maximum number of client’s cables or microtubes
1
maximum diameter of cable/duct entering
a splice/branch box [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
colour
housing material
13,5
147/97/27
147/97/27
36.5/140/27
64/215/40
0.2
0.2
0.033
0.066
RAL 7035
RAL 9010
powder coated steel sheet
RAL 9010
Branch Box OKLDS
plastic
mechanical IK protection
IK10
IK08
IK08
environmental IP protection
IP20
IP30
IP41
ORDERING:
Be-Box 12 - Easy Access Cable Branch Splice Box, capacity up to 12 splices, material - plastic
FTTx
PON
Branch Box By-Box 6
Branch Box Be-Box 12
110
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
SZKLD EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOXES
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1080
FEATURES:
• designed for storing spare lengths of easy access cable to be used for connection of customers on top floors
of multi-dwelling buildings
• recommended for use with HPC1628 cable
• wall-mounted, detachable lockable cover
• possibility of installation within existing vertical ducting infrastructure in a building
EQUIPMENT:
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
maximum spare length of 900 μm buffered fibre [m]
number of cable/duct entries in the bottom wall
diameter of cable/duct entries in the botoom wall of the box [mm]
number of cable/duct entries in the side wall
diameter of cable/duct entries in the side walls of the box [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
SZKLD-1
SZKLD-2
SZKLD-3
400
1000
400
2
2
2
37 or 47
37 or 47
28
-
-
2 on each
of the sides
-
-
16
220/280/75
220/400/75
220/280/75
2.5
2
2
colour
RAL 7035
housing material
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP41
ORDERING:
Easy Access Cable Coiling Boxes
SZKLD-1, SZKLD-2
SZKLD-1 - Easy Access Cable Coiling Box, capacity up to 400 m of coiled 0.9 mm buffered fibre
FTTx
PON
111
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS
OPTOCODE
J1060
MP-16D SHAFT SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
• intended for branching fibres from vertical cable in multi-dwelling buildings
• equipped with cable entries enabling for mounting the splice box on previously installed vertical cable
• possibility of installation within 26 mm diameter ducting system
• enables up to 12 optical fibre splices
• two cable entries for customer cables on each side of the box
• lockable
EQUIPMENT:
• splice tray for 12 splices
• cable entries
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MP-16D
number of splices
12
number of splice trays
1
total spare length of 0.9 mm buffered fibre or compact tube [m]
20
number of vertical cable/ducts entries for ø26 mm tubes
number of horizontal cable/ducts entries for ø16 mm tubes
maximum diameter of vertical cable entering splice box [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
1 on top and bottom wall each
2 on each of side walls
18
200/150/50
1
colour
RAL 7035
housing material
powder coated steel sheet
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP41
Shaft Splice Box MP-16D
ORDERING:
MP-16D - FTTH Wall-Mounted Splice Box of 12 optical fibre splices capacity
FTTx
PON
112
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS WITH DETACHED HOUSES
The method of building a network on a detached housing development is dependent on inter alia, local environment and
the available infrastructure. In order to minimise the costs, previously built technical infrastructure is employed, being: dark
fibres, cable ducts, existing aerial network supports. Depending on the infrastructure used to build distribution network,
distribution point and subscriber’s terminal, different solutions are employed.
Distribution network
Building underground distribution network in existing cable ducts or in the area not equipped with ducts, the microduct
system can be applied. This allows quick and easy installation of fibre units and minicables. Microducts enable easy and
convenient network expansion in the future as well as, in comparison with a traditional network, in a large degree limits
the number of spliced connections, lowers the amount of necessary cable spare lengths and number of telecom manholes.
The advantage of aerial network infrastructure is low network deployment costs since no digging in ground is involved.
However, the disadvantage is the direct influence of environmental conditions on the whole network infrastructure which
results in higher failure rate. Deploying aerial networks is advised in rural and rocky or marshy areas.
Distribution point
Optimal choice of capacity and location of a distribution point in a high degree influences financial requirements linked with
the access infrastructure. In this case, building a network based on cascaded splitters is optimal. In such a configuration, on
the housing development outskirts there is a distribution cabinet with the first splitter (e.g. 1x8) of the splitter cascade. This
way, preliminary OLT port division is obtained. In the vicinity of clients group, another distribution box is installed, being the
next stage of the cascade. Applying this scheme enables for minimizing individual subscribers’ cable lengths.
In case of underground networks, it is advantageous to employ single distribution box/pillar of small capacity e.g. PSS-2,
PSS-3; and with aerial networks splice box with a patching field.
The aim of distribution/splice box is to ensure proper organization and protection of terminations of fibres coming to a
housing development from telecommunication central office, division with an optical splitter and connection with fibres
deployed to optical outlet in clients’ apartments.
Subscriber terminal
In an underground network, subscriber’s terminal can be realized with a thick-walled microtube, conducted from a
distribution pillar to client’s house. The price of such a terminal is close to the price of a terminal made with an underground
cable, moreover a swift fibre units replacement deployed from the distribution pillar to client is possible.
In an aerial and underground networks, it is advised to minimise the number of spliced and detachable connections, by
installing prefabricated, specially dimensioned subscriber pigtails. These pigtails are blown or pulled into microtube, from
optical outlet mounted in client’s home to distribution pillar where fibres are spliced with fibres from distribution network.
113
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS WITH DETACHED HOUSES
Passive Optical Network on a development of single family houses
114
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
PSS-1, PSS-2 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR
OPTOCODE
J1130
FEATURES:
• for use in FTTH networks on single family houses developments
• enables termination of cables coming to the pillar from Telecommunication Central Office side, termination of cables
coming to single family houses and installation of optical splitters
• provides space for accumulating supply of operating fibres terminated in the pillar, which enables for convenient
cabling the product in a service car
EQUIPMENT:
• adapter plate
• KS-3E splice trays
• cable ports (e.g. DP-13, DP-16, DP-21)
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
• concrete plinth (optional)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Distribution/Splice Pillar PSS-1
PSS-1
PSS-2
12 - one space for splicing
of client and feeder fibres
24
number of patching fields
12
24
number of splitters
0
2
maximum splitter dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
-
80/100/10
number of splices on client cable side
number of splices on feeder cable side
connector standard
recommended customer distribution pigtail length [m]
SC or E-2000
1,5
1,5
maximum number of cables entering the pillar
3
26
maximum diameter of cable/duct entries [mm]
14
16
ø160/1300
ø170/1700
0.8
0.8
dimensions: diameter/height [mm]
height after burrying [m]
weight [kg]
5
colour
7
RAL9017
housing material
HDPE
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP44
ORDERING:
PSS2 - Outdoor Distribution/Splice Pillar intended for connecting 20 PON clients
FTTx
Distribution/Splice Pillar PSS-2
12
PON
115
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
OPTOCODE
J1140
PSS-3, PSS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR
FEATURES:
• for use in FTTH networks on single family house developments
• terminates cables coming to the building from Telecommunication Central Office, vertical cables and enables
installation of optical splitters
• provides space for accumulating supply of operating fibres terminated in the pillar, which enables for convinient cabling
the product in a service car
EQUIPMENT:
• adapter plate
• KS-3E splice trays
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSS-3/32
PSS-3/64
PSS-4/128
number of splices
48
72
144
288
number of patching fields
36
72
144
288
number of optical splitters
maximum splitter dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
splitter pigtail length [m]
4
8
16
32
80/100/10
114/140/18
114/140/18
114/140/18
1
1
1
1
connector standard
recommended customer distribution pigtail length [m]
PSS-4/256
SC or E-2000
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
32 client
2 feeder
64 client
2 feeder
128 client
2 feeder
256 client
2 feeder
400/1500/245
530/1750/320
500/600/230
465/1000/200
600/800/300
500/1000/300
height after burying [m]
0.9
1.1
1.1
1.3
weight [kg]
20
30
18
25
maximum number of cables entering the pillar
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
cabinet/pillar
colour
Distribution/Splice Pillars PSS-3/32, PSS-3/64
RAL 7035
housing material
glass fibre reinforced polyester
mechanical IK protection
IK10
environmental IP protection
IP54
ORDERING:
PSS-3/32 - Distribution/Splice Pillar, intended for connecting up to 32 PON clients
FTTx
PON
Distribution/Splice Pillars PSS-4/128, PSS-4/256
116
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
PS-CCS-1 SPLICE CLOSURE/CROSS-CONNECT SPLICE BOX
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
OPTOCODE
J1090
FEATURES:
• distribution/splice box, advised for using in FTTH networks
• enables transition from an outdoor cable to an indoor one
• designed to be installed on the facades of single-family houses
• available in version with or without a patching field
• latch locked lid
EQUIPMENT:
• 12 fibre capacity
• adapter plate for 4 adapters
• cable ties and brackets
• lock (optional)
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PS-CCS-1
maximum number of splices
number of patching fields
recommended pigtail length [m] 0.9 mm
2.5
number of bottom cable/duct entries
2 pcs for cables of up to 16 mm diameter
number of rear cable/duct entries
2 pcs for cables of up to 5 mm diameter
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
130/190/45
0.5
colour
Outdoor Splice Closure/Cross-Connect Splice Box
PS-CCS-1
12
typically 4, maximum 6
RAL 7035
housing material
polycarbonate
mechanical IK protection
IK08
environmental IP protection
IP54
ORDERING:
PS-CCS-1 - Wall-Mounted Splice Closure/Cross-Connect Splice Box with patching field for four SC/E-2000 adapters,
latch locked lid (does not include a lock)
FTTx
PON
117
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
DEVELOPMENTS OF SINGLE FAMILY HOUSES
OPTOCODE
J1100
NMS-6 OUTDOOR SPLICE CLOSURE/OPTICAL CROSS - CONNECT SPLICE BOX
FEATURES:
• distribution/splice box, advised for using in FTTH networks
• enables transition from an outdoor cable to an indoor one
• designed to be mounted on the facades of single-family houses
• lockable
• capacity for up to 6 fibre splices
EQUIPMENT:
• case with a lock
• cable ties and brackets
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
NMS-6
maximum number of splices
number of cable entries
number of rear cable/duct entries
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
colour
6
10 pcs for cables of up to 11 mm diameter
2 pcs for cables of up to 5 mm diameter
120/170/70
RAL 7035
weight [kg]
0.3
housing material
polycarbonate
mechanical IK protection
IK08
environmental IP protection
IP54
ORDERING:
NMS-DIN-6 - Wall-Mounted Optical Fibre Splice Box, capacity for 6 optical fibre splices
FTTx
PON
Outdoor Splice Closure/Optical Cross-Connect
Splice Box NMS-6
118
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
CLIENT’S APARTMENT
CABLING WITHIN CUSTOMER APARTMENT
An optical fibre is an element, which until recently, has not been present in subscriber’s apartment. Lack of users’ proper
knowledge concerning the operation and usage of optical fibres, makes this part of a network the most prone for damages
and simultaneously enforces requirements for equipment.
The choice of deploying cabling in subscriber’s house or apartment, in a significant way is reflected in parameters and
reliability of a network. Many opertators and producers of optical equipment recommend to connect clients with the aid
of connectors and mechanical splices. Apart from precise optical fibre cutter, no special tools are required to mount such
elements, which should simplify procedure of cabling and decrease its costs.. The drawbacks of such a solution are higher
insertion loss, worse return loss and decreasing with time network parameters. Because of that, it is advised to deploy
cables in subscriber’s apartment with the aid of factory made pigtails and patchcords, connected with the distribution
infrastructure by traditional splices.
Inside buildings, it is advised to employ cables with G.657 bend insensitive fibre, non-flammable, Low Smoke Zero Halogen.
In contrast to the standard optical fibres, G.657 fibres enable convenient deployment of optical cable and low bending radii
in apartment corners, edges etc. without significant signal loss.
The critical point of an optical network is a fibre optic outlet in subscriber’s apartment. In order to protect the user against
harmful laser radiation and secure detachable connections from possible contamination, which may lead to significant
increase of transmission loss, it is advised to employ wall-mounted fibre optic outlet NGO-12. They are equipped with an
integrated adapter shutter, automatically closing when a connector is removed from the outlet.
Fibre outlet NGO-12 features aesthetical appearance, small dimensions and is intended for mounting directly on a wall or
on a recessed box of 60 mm diameter.
Minimization of workload and time necessary for performing installation in client’s apartment while keeping the best
parameters can be achieved by using OPTOMER connection kit. Such a kit consists of factory preinstalled SC/APC pigtail
in NGO-12 outlet. Connecting a client is based on mounting the optical outlet on apartment’s wall, uncoiling and deploying
the cable coming out of it and performing spliced connection with distribution network.
119
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
CLIENT’S APARTMENT
CABLING WITHIN CUSTOMER APARTMENT
Passive Optical Network at client’s apartment
120
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
NGO-12 WALL-MOUNTED FIBRE OPTIC OUTLET
CLIENT’S APARTMENT
OPTOCODE
J1110
FEATURES:
• network termination in customer’s apartment
• installed directly on the wall or on flush-mounting box Φ60
• maximum capacity: 2 SC connectors or 4 LC connectors, 2 splice protectors
• access to adapters protected by automatically closing shutters
EQUIPMENT:
• installation and handling instruction
• installation kit
• optionally with an adapter and pigtail
Wall-Mounted Fibre Optic Outlet NGO-12
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
NGO-12
maximum number of splices
number of patching fields
total pigtail spare length (0.9 mm buffered fibre) [m]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
2
2 (SC, E-2000, F-3000), 4 (LC Duplex)
3
86/86/20
0.06
housing material
colour
ABS V0
RAL 9016
mechanical IK protection
IK08
environmental IP protection
IP54
ORDERING:
NGO-12-1SCA- Wall-Mounted Fibre Optic Outlet, equipped with 1 pigtail and SC/APC adapter
FTTx
Wall-Mounted Fibre Optic Outlet NGO-12
PON
121
FTTX ACCESS
NETWORKS
CLIENT’S APARTMENT
OPTOCODE
J1120
SUBSCRIBER PIGTAIL WITH G.657 A2 FIBRE
FEATURES:
• pigtail with G.657 A2 bend insensitive fibre
• designed to match the requirements of FTTH network
• available in one or two fibre version, or as a patchcord
• perfect for direct connection of subscribers
• enables deployment through walls and floors
• for glueing or attaching with nail-in clips
• halogen free coating LSOH, in accordance with international fire safety requirements
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
1-fibre cable
transport and storage
temperature range [°C]:
2-fibre cable
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-30 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
200
crush resistance [N/cm]
100
minimum bending radius [mm]
20
standard packaging
coils of 250 m
nominal diameter [mm]
4
minimum coating thickness [mm]
0.8
flame retardancy
nominal weight [kg/km]
marking of outer sheath
CEI60332-1 (C2)
16
SCA/24/SM/657/1J/LFH – SM SC/APC 24 m pigtail, G.657 A2 fibre, 4 mm outer diameter, LFH material
PON
18
manufacturing year and week - ACOME - fibre count and type - product
code + metre marks
ORDERING:
FTTx
Structure of the subscriber’s cable
-40 to +70
1
2
3
1. one or two G.657 bend insensitive fibres, 900 μm
buffered
2. waterproof reinforcement with aramid yarn
3. halogen free coating (LSOH)
6
The telecommunication infrastructure modernisation and miniaturisation is a continuous process. The
traditional, expensive large diameter cable ducts are replaced with microducts.
The basic element of each microduct is a polyethylene microtube. In most cases the inside of the microtube
is longitudinally grooved and covered with silicone layer to minimize the friction coefficient. Two types of
microtubes are available: thin-walled requiring the additional external protection and thick-walled for direct
burial. The typical diameters of the thin-walled microducts are: 5/3, 5 mm,10/8 mm, 12/10 mm, the diameter
range of thick-walled microducts are: 7/3, 5 mm, 12/8 mm, 14/10 mm. Microtubes are formed into bundles
dedicated for installation in existing ducts, direct burial or aerial installation.
Depending on the inner diameter the microtubes accept fibre units with the fibre capacity from 2 to 12 fibres
or minicables with the capacity of up to 144 fibres. The inner microduct diameter of 3.5 mm is dedicated for
blowing fibre units containing 2 to 12 optical fibers. The inner microduct diameters of 8 mm or 10 mm are
dedicated for blowing 12 to 144 fibre minicables.
This chapter presents a complete microduct system along with tools and accessories for microduct and
cable preparation, installation and blowing. We provide full technical support including design and installation
principles of blown fibre systems.
MICRODUCTS
CONTENTS
MICRODUCTS
FIBRE UNITS ...........................................................................................124
MINICABLES ...........................................................................................125
DIRECT BURY METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DBMF .....................................126
PRIMARY MICROTUBES 1DBMF...............................................................127
HEAVY-WALL MICRODUCT BUNDLES DBMF.............................................128
HEAVY-WALL TUBE BUNDLES DBMF........................................................129
DIRECT BURY MICRODUCTS DB ..............................................................130
DIRECT INSTALL MICRODUCTS DI ...........................................................131
LOW FIRE HAZARD MICRODUCTS LFH .....................................................132
AERIAL FIGURE-8 MICRODUCTS ..............................................................133
DIRECT BURY FILLED METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DBFMF .......................133
DIRECT INSTALL METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DIMF..................................134
DIRECT BURY CLOSURES ........................................................................135
AERIAL BRANCH CLOSURE EMT-9257 .....................................................135
LOW FIRE HAZARD INTERNAL CLOSURES................................................136
MICROTUBE CONNECTORS .....................................................................137
BLOWING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................138
TOOL KIT EMT-9087 ...............................................................................139
EMT-9087 TOOL KIT ...............................................................................140
ADDITIONAL TOOLS ................................................................................140
NARZĘDZIA DODATKOWE ........................................................................141
124
MICRODUCTS
FIBRE UNITS
OPTOCODE
L1010
FIBRE UNITS
FEATURES:
• compatible with industry-standard blowing equipment
• optimised for blowing
• certified to be used in various projects all over the world
• hybrid fibre units with different fibre types: singlemode, multimode, mechanical fibres
• fibre units with standard lengths preconnectorised on one end (Pre-Connect)
• easy to use and handle, highly durable
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Fibre Units
2 fibre unit
4 fibre unit
6 fibre unit
8 fibre unit
12 fibre unit
diameter [mm]
1,1
1,1
1,3
1,5
1,6
weight [g/m]
1,0
1,0
1,6
1,8
2,2
8
12
breakout time
typically 2 minutes for 3 m of fibre unit
blowing distance [m]
typically 1400
2 + 2 mechanical
fibres as ripcords
fibre count
fibre colours
4
6
blue, orange, green,
red
blue, orange
blue, orange, green,
blue, orange, green, red, grey, yellow,
red, grey, yellow,
brown, violet,
brown, violet
black, aqua, pink,
white
blue, orange, green,
red, grey, yellow
packaging
fibre rosette into pan
single mode ITU-T G.652d
single mode ITU-T G.657a
fibre types+
single mode ITU-T G.655
mullti mode 62,5/125 OM1
mullti mode 50/125 OM2, OM3, OM4
fibre unit fibre count
microduct size (outer/inner) [mm]
2
4
6
8
3,0/2,1
√
√
-
-
-
5,0/3,5
√
√
√
√
√
8,0/6,0
√
√
√
√
√
single mode fibres ITU-T
fibre unit
fibre count
12
multimode fibres ITU-T
G.652.d
G.657A1
G.655
62,5/125
OM1
2
EMT-9032
EMT-9506
-
EMT-9021
EMT-7653
EMT-9058
EMT-9180
4
EMT-7590
EMT-9507
-
EMT-7578
EMT-7577
EMT-6669
EMT-9181
6
EMT-90024
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
EMT-7589
EMT-9509
-
EMT-7580
EMT-7583
EMT-6668
EMT-9182
12
EMT-7575
EMT-9510
EMT-9179
EMT-7582
EMT-7581
EMT-7714
EMT-9013
generic
specification
MHT1201
MHT2185
MHT1202
EMT-9510 - fibre unit, 12 x G.657A1 fibre
ACCESS
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
50/125 OM3
50/125 OM4
MHT1203
ORDERING:
TELECOM
50/125 OM2
Industry
125
MICRODUCTS
MINICABLES
OPTOCODE
L1020
MINICABLES
FEATURES:
• fibre count, small outer dimeter
• compatible with industry-standard blowing equipment
• optimised for blowing
• certified to be used in various projects all over the world
• quick installation
• metal-free construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
96 J
144 J
diameter [mm]
24 J
48 J
5,8
60 J
6,5
7,9
weight [kg/km]
30
33
nominal bending radius [mm]
72 J
43
130
blowing distance [m]
160
typically 2000
fibre count
24
48
60
fibre type
72
96
144
SM G.652d
minimum order quantity [m]
4000
minicable
microduct diameter
[mm]
24 J
48 J
60 J
72 J
96 J
10,0/8,0
√
√
√
√
-
144 J
-
12,0/9,4
√
√
√
√
√
√
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
Minicables
fibre capacity
24-72
96
144
configuration
6x12 fibre tube
8x12 fibre tube
6x24 fibre tube
nominal outer diameter [mm]
6,1
6,6
7,9
nominal weight [kg/km]
30
33
43
maximum tensile load during operation [N]
300
200
300
maximum tensile load during intallation [N]
350
200
300
crush resistance [N]
1000
800
1000
nominal bending radius [mm]
130
130
160
8
10
10
minimum microduct inner diameter [mm]
ORDERING:
EMT-SM144G.652D - minicable, 144 single mode G.652D fibre
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
126
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1030
DIRECT BURY METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DBMF
FEATURES:
• direct bury microduct
• polyethylene tube bundle assembly
• outer protective tough direct-burial grade HDPE sheath
• low friction interior silicone coating
• the tube bundle is surrounded by water blocking material, black flexible PE sheath and outer orange direct-burial grade HDPE
• metal-free
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DBmf Microducts
product
code
EMT-8361T
EMT-8362T
EMT-8363T
EMT-8364T
EMT-8365T
EMT-8247T
EMT-8233T
EMT-8217T
EMT-8218T
EMT-8219T
EMT-8220T
EMT-8221T
EMT-8222T
EMT-8239T
EMT-60208
EMT-60209
EMT-60211
EMT-60212
EMT-60213
EMT-60144
description
2DBmf
4 DBmf
7 DBmf
12 DBmf
19 DBmf
24 DBmf
1 DBmf
2 DBmf
4 DBmf
7 DBmf
12 DBmf
19 DBmf
24 DBmf
1 DBmf
2 DBmf
4 DBmf
7 DBmf
2 DBmf
4 DBmf
7 DBmf
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
12/10
supply
length
[m]
2000
4000
4000
4000
4000
2000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
3000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
minimum order
generic
quantity
specification
[m]
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
3000
MHT2156
4000
MHT2156
4000
MHT1743
4000
MHT1805
4000
MHT1805
4000
MHT1805
4000
MHT1805
4000
MHT1805
4000
MHT1805
weight
[g/m]
type
99
130
157
207
256
320
62
145
203
262
389
500
637
184
261
480
650
309
505
684
G
1.4D
1.4D
2.0D
2.0D
1.7D
coil
G
1.7D
2.0D
2.35D
2.35D
2.2D
MB5
1.4D
2.0D
2.2D
1.7D
2.2D
2.0D
drum
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
1200/730
1400/1150
1400/1150
2000/1150
2000/1150
1700/1150
600/300
1200/730
1700/1150
2000 /1150
1700/1150
1700/1150
2200/1150
1200 /1000
1400/1150
2000/1150
2200/1150
1700/1150
2200/1150
2000/1150
weight
[kg]
200
280
280
400
400
360
0
200
360
400
600
600
500
225
280
400
500
360
500
400
total weight
[kg]
398
800
908
1228
1424
880
31
490
1172
1448
2156
2100
1774
593
750
1325
1720
980
1420
1084
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
type
2DBmf
4DBmf
7DBmf
12DBmf
19DBmf
24DBmf
1DBmf
2DBmf
4DBmf
7DBmf
12DBmf
19DBmf
24DBmf
1DBmf
2DBmf
4DBmf
5DBmf
7DBmf
2DBmf
4DBmf
5DBmf
7DBmf
microduct outer/inner
diameter [mm]
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
3/2,1
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
12/10
12/10
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
microduct bundle
outer diameter [mm]
13,3 x 10,3
14,5
16,3
19,5
21,9
25,3
10
12,3/17,3
19,4
22,3
28,1
32,1
37,7
17,7
17,3/27,3
31,9
34,4
37,8
19,1/31,1
36,8
39,8
43,8
WAN
FTTx
minimum bending
radius [mm]
150
220
240
290
330
380
150
185
300
335
425
550
645
270
260
480
520
650
290
630
680
750
PON
maximum pulling force
kG
N
55
550
70
700
85
850
110
1100
140
1400
170
1700
25
250
75
750
110
1100
140
1400
210
2100
270
2700
350
3500
100
1000
140
1400
230
2300
260
2600
310
3100
240
2400
400
4000
480
4800
560
5600
generic
specification
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT2156
MHT1743
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
MHT1805
127
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1035
PRIMARY MICROTUBES 1DBMF
FEATURES:
• available with one or two protective sheaths
• flexible and durable
• ideal for building FTTH networks
• applicable in closure-less system
• available with preinstalled fibres
• metal-free construction
Primary Microducts 1DBmf
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
drum
supply
length [m]
minimum
order
quantity
[m]
generic
specification
product code
description
microduct outer/inner
diameter [mm]
weight
[g/m]
EMT-8233T
1DBmf
5/3,5
500
4000
MHT 2156
62
coil
600/300
0
31
EMT-8239T
1DBmf
10/8
2000
4000
MHT 1743
184
MB5
1200/1000
225
593
EMT-8351T
1DBmf heavy-wall
5/2,1
500
4000
MHT 1281
74
coil
600/300
0
37
EMT-8470
1DBmf heavy-wall
8/3,5
2000
4000
MHT 2059
38
HH
1000/500
65
141
EMT-8477
1DBmf heavy-wall
8/3,5 + sheath
3000
3000
MHT 2059
67
G
1200/730
200
401
EMT-8506
1DBmf heavy-wall
14/10
1000
4000
MHT 2308
73
HH
1000/400
65
138
EMT-8476
1DBmf
with preinstalled
fibre unit
8/3,5 + 2 fibre units
2000
4000
MHT 2059
39
800ply
800/300
12
90
EMT-8497
1DBmf
with preinstalled
fibre unit
8/3,5 + 4 fibre units
2000
4000
MHT 2059
39
800ply
800/300
12
90
type
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
type
sheath outer
diameter if applied
[mm]
minimal
bending
radius [mm]
maximum pulling force
kG
N
generic
specification
1DBmf
5,0/3,5
10
150
25
250
MHT2156
1DBmf
10,0/8,0
17,7
270
100
1000
MHT1743
1DBmf heavy-wall
5,0/2,1
10
130
40
400
MHT1281
1DBmf heavy-wall
8,0/3,5
8
80
25
250
MHT2059
1DBmf heavy-wall
8,0/3,5 + sheath
10
100
40
400
MHT2059
1DBmf heavy-wall
14,0/10,0
14
210
50
500
MHT2308
ORDERING:
EMT-8213T - direct bury primary tube 5/3.5 mm, metal-free, 4000 m coil
TELECOM
ACCESS
LAN
FTTx
PON
dimensions
(outer diameter/width)
[mm]
weight
[kg]
total weight
[kg]
128
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1040
HEAVY-WALL MICRODUCT BUNDLES DBMF
FEATURES:
• simple and strong heavy-wall microduct construction
• exceptional toughness and crush resistance
• both microduct and individual tubes can be directly buried
• compatible with closure-less system
• quick and easy installation
• low installation costs
Heavy-wall microducts DBmf
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
product
code
description
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
supply
length
[m]
minimum
order
quantity [m]
weight
[g/m]
drum
type
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
weight
[kg]
total
weight
[kg]
EMT-8351T
1DBmf
5/2,1
500
4000
74
coil
600/300
-
37
EMT-60172
2DBmf
7/3,5
4000
4000
97
MB5
1200/1000
225
613
EMT-60173
4DBmf
7/3,5
4000
4000
170
1.7D
1700/1150
360
1040
EMT-60174
7DBmf
7/3,5
4000
4000
266
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1464
EMT-60175
12DBmf
7/3,5
3000
3000
429
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1787
EMT-60176
19DBmf
7/3,5
2000
3000
640
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1780
1260
EMT-60177
24DBmf
7/3,5
1000
4000
860
2.0D
2000/1150
400
EMT-60179
2DBmf
7/4
4000
4000
91
MB5
1200/1000
225
589
EMT-60180
4DBmf
7/4
4000
4000
159
1.7D
1700/1150
360
996
EMT-60181
7DBmf
7/4
4000
4000
247
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1388
EMT-60182
12DBmf
7/4
3000
3000
395
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1685
EMT-60183
19DBmf
7/4
2000
4000
587
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1674
EMT-60184
24DBmf
7/4
1000
4000
793
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1193
EMT-8470
1DBmf
8/3,5
2000
4000
38
HH
1000/500
65
141
EMT-8477
1DBmf
8/3,5 + sheath
3000
3000
67
G
1200/730
200
401
EMT-60200
2DBmf
10/6
2000
4000
150
MB5
1200/1000
225
525
EMT-60351
3DBmf
10/6
2000
4000
218
1.4D
1400/1150
280
716
EMT-60202
4DBmf
10/6
2000
4000
266
1.7D
1700/1150
360
892
EMT-60203
7DBmf
10/6
2000
4000
430
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1260
EMT-60015
2DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
184
MB5
1200/1000
225
593
EMT-60016
3DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
267
1.4D
1400/1150
280
814
EMT-60017
4DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
347
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1094
EMT-60018
5DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
434
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1368
EMT-60019
6DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
465
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1430
EMT-60020
7DBmf
12/8
2000
4000
531
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1562
EMT-8506
1DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
73
HH
1000/400
65
138
EMT-8524
2DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
215
MB5
1200/1000
225
440
EMT-8499
3DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
314
1.4D
1400/1150
280
594
EMT-60022
4DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
391
1.4D
1400/1150
280
671
EMT-60023
5DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
507
2.0D
2000/1150
400
907
EMT-60353
6DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
561
2.0D
2000/1150
400
961
1031
EMT-8468
7DBmf
14/10
1000
4000
631
2.0D
2000/1150
400
EMT-60722
2DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
249
MB5
1200/1000
225
474
EMT-60723
3DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
363
1.7D
1700/1150
360
723
EMT-60724
4DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
447
2.0D
2000/1150
400
847
EMT-60725
5DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
580
2.0D
2000/1150
400
980
EMT-60726
6DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
642
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1142
EMT-60727
7DBmf
16/12
1000
4000
736
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1236
129
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1040
HEAVY-WALL TUBE BUNDLES DBMF
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
microduct
outer diameter
[mm]
microduct inner
diameter
[mm]
microduct bundle
outer diameter
[mm]
minimum
bending radius
[mm]
1DBmf
5
2DBmf
7
2,1
10
3,5
9,2/16,4
4DBmf
7
3,5
7DBmf
7
12DBmf
type
maximum pulling force
generic
specification
kG
N
130
40
400
MHT1281
160
65
650
MHT2309
19,1
330
120
1200
MHT2309
3,5
23,2
400
180
1800
MHT2309
7
3,5
30,7
530
300
3000
MHT2309
19DBmf
7
3,5
36,2
620
450
4500
MHT2309
24DBmf
7
3,5
44,2
750
600
6000
MHT2309
2DBmf
7
4
9,2/16,4
160
60
600
MHT2309
4DBmf
7
4
19,1
330
110
1100
MHT2309
7DBmf
7
4
23,2
400
170
1700
MHT2309
12DBmf
7
4
30,7
530
280
2800
MHT2309
19DBmf
7
4
36,2
620
410
4100
MHT2309
24DBmf
7
4
44,2
750
560
5600
MHT2309
1DBmf
8
3,5
8
80
25
250
MHT2059
1DBmf
8
3,5 + sheath
10
100
40
400
MHT2059
2DBmf
10
6
12/22
200
80
800
MHT1563
3DBmf
10
6
12/32
200
100
1000
MHT1563
4DBmf
10
6
26,1
3800
120
1200
MHT1563
7DBmf
10
6
32
540
240
2400
MHT1563
2DBmf
12
8
14/26
220
90
900
MHT1564
3DBmf
12
8
14/38
220
140
1400
MHT1564
4DBmf
12
8
31
440
180
1800
MHT1564
5DBmf
12
8
34,4
600
240
2400
MHT1564
6DBmf
12
8
38
600
260
2600
MHT1564
7DBmf
12
8
38
650
280
2800
MHT1564
1DBmf
14
10
14
210
50
500
MHT2308
2DBmf
14
10
30/16
240
120
1200
MHT2308
3DBmf
14
10
44/16
240
170
1700
MHT2308
4DBmf
14
10
36 across corners
500
200
2000
MHT2308
5DBmf
14
10
40 across corners
700
270
2700
MHT2308
6DBmf
14
10
44 across corners
750
300
3000
MHT2308
7DBmf
14
10
44 across corners
750
350
35000
MHT2308
2DBmf
16
12
34/18
180
160
160
MHT2432
3DBmf
16
12
50/18
180
240
2400
MHT2432
4DBmf
16
12
41 across corners
570
300
3000
MHT2432
5DBmf
16
12
45,5 across corners
770
380
3800
MHT2432
6DBmf
16
12
50 across corners
850
430
4300
MHT2432
7DBmf
16
12
50 across corners
850
480
4800
MHT2432
ORDERING:
EMT-60174 - Direct Bury 7 x 7/3.5 mm tube bundle, metal-free, 4000 m drum
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
Heavy-wall microducts DBmf
130
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1050
DIRECT BURY MICRODUCTS DB
FEATURES:
• direct bury microduct
• surrounded with a 125μm aluminium layer, bonded inside a sheath of flexible black PE
• heavy duty orange coloured HDPE outer sheath
• pre-installed rip cords under the sheath to rip through the aluminium layer and both polyethylene sheaths
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
product code
description
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
supply length
[m]
minimum
order quantity
[m]
weight
[g/m]
type
EMT-6627
EMT-6406
EMT-6375
EMT-6314
EMT-6556
EMT-6352
EMT-6557
EMT-6893
EMT-6798
EMT-6655
EMT-6593
EMT-60152
EMT-60360
EMT-60361
EMT-60736
EMT-60365
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
12DB
19DB
24DB
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
12DB
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
10/8
10/8
10/8 (round)
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
12/10 (round)
12/10
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
3000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
1000
2000
2000
2000
1000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
3000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
72
159
216
278
411
526
671
185
285
450
606
946
205
331
542
726
MB5
1.4D
1.7D
2.0D
2.35D
2.35D
2.2D
MB5
1.7D
2.35D
2.35D
2.2D
MB5
1.7D
2.2D
2.0D
drum
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
1200/1000
1400/1150
1700/1150
2000/1150
2350/1150
2350/1150
2200/1150
1200/1000
1700/1150
2350/1150
2350/1150
2200/1150
1200/1000
1700/1150
2200/1150
2000/1150
weight
[kg]
225
280
360
400
600
600
500
225
360
600
500
225
360
500
400
total
weight
[kg]
513
916
1224
1512
2244
2178
1842
595
930
1500
1812
1446
635
1022
1584
1126
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
type
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
12DB
19DB
24DB
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
12DB
1DB
2DB
4DB
7DB
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
microduct bundle
outer diameter
[mm]
minimum
bending radius
[mm]*
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
12/10
12/10
10
12,2/17,2
19,3
22,2
28,2
32,2
37,8
17,2
17,2/27,2
31,9
37,8
49,5
19,1
19,1/31,1
36,8
43,8
150/100
190/120
300/200
350/240
430/310
550/360
650/500
260/180
260/180
540/370
640/430
940/660
280/200
280/200
630/500
750/600
* - the second bending radius applies to microduct without outer sheath
ORDERING:
DB Microduct
EMT-6314 - Direct Bury 7 x 5/3.5 mm tube bundle, 4000 m drum
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
maximum pulling force
kG
50
120
160
200
280
400
500
130
200
300
400
600
150
240
400
550
N
500
1200
1600
2000
2800
4000
5000
1300
2000
300
4000
6000
1500
2400
4000
5500
generic
specification
MHT113
MHT113
MHT113
MHT113
MHT113
MHT113
MHT113
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
MHT167
131
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1060
DIRECT INSTALL MICRODUCTS DI
FEATURES:
• direct installation
• surrounded with a 150μm aluminium layer, bonded inside an outer sheath flexible black PE
• flexible black PE outer sheath
• pre-installed rip cord to rip through the aluminium layer and outer sheath
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
description
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
supply
length [m]
minimum
order
quantity [m]
weight
[g/m]
EMT-6285
1DI
5/3,53
4000
4000
49
EMT-6286
2DI
5/3,5
4000
4000
77
EMT-6287
4DI
5/3,5
4000
4000
EMT-6438
7DI
5/3,5
4000
EMT-6870
12DI
5/3,5
EMT-6289
19DI
5/3,5
EMT-6701
24DI
EMT-8357
drum
type
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
weight
[kg]
total
weight
[kg]
G
1200/730
200
396
G
1200/730
200
508
118
1.4D
1400/1150
280
752
4000
162
1.7D
1700/1150
360
1008
4000
4000
240
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1360
3000
3000
329
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1487
5/3,5
2000
4000
437
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1274
1DI
10/8
2000
4000
98
G
1200/730
200
396
EMT-6797
2DI
10/8
2000
4000
162
MB5
1200/1000
225
549
EMT-6709L
4DI
10/8
2000
4000
262
1.7D
1700/1150
360
884
EMT-6886
7DI
10/8
2000
4000
368
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1136
EMT-60744
1DI
12/10
2000
4000
108
MB5
1200/1000
225
441
EMT-60745
2DI
12/10
2000
4000
178
1.4D
1400/1150
280
636
EMT-60746
4DI
12/10
2000
4000
302
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1004
EMT-60748
7DI
12/10
2000
4000
413
2.35D
2350/1150
600
1426
product code
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
type
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
microduct bundle
outer diameter
[mm]
minimum
bending radius
[mm]
maximum pulling force
kG
N
generic
specification
1DI
5/3,5
8,4
120
40
400
MHT175
2DI
5/3,5
8,4/13,4
120
60
600
MHT175
4DI
5/3,5
15,5
200
70
700
MHT175
7DI
5/3,5
18,4
240
150
1500
MHT175
12DI
5/3,5
23,8
310
160
1600
MHT175
19DI
5/3,5
27,8
360
250
2500
MHT175
24DI
5/3,5
33,4
500
400
4000
MHT175
1DI
10/8
13,4
180
70
700
MHT888
2DI
10/8
13,4/23,4
180
100
1000
MHT888
4DI
10/8
27,5
370
170
1700
MHT888
7DI
10/8
33,4
500
250
2500
MHT888
1DI
12/10
15,3
200
75
750
MHT888
2DI
12/10
15,3/27,3
200
140
1400
MHT888
4DI
12/10
32,4
500
230
2300
MHT888
7DI
12/10
39,4
600
320
3200
MHT888
ORDERING:
EMT-6438 - Direct Install 7 x 5/3.5 mm tube bundle, 4000 m drum
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
DI Microducts
132
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1070
LOW FIRE HAZARD MICRODUCTS LFH
FEATURES:
• 5/3.5 mm microduct bundles made of low fire hazard material for indoor fire regulation use
• low friction silicone coating inside
• each tube bundle assembly surrounded with a sheath of low fire hazard material
• suitable for indoor fire regulation use
• excellent performance in fire scenario, meeting IEC 60332-3 and 60332-1
• low flammability
• halogen-free
• low smoke
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
LFH microduct
product code
description
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
supply
length [m]
minimum
order quantity
[m]
weight
[g/m]
type
EMT-6595
EMT-6634
EMT-6318
EMT-6772
EMT-6403
EMT-6502
EMT-6403S
EMT-6404
EMT-6643
EMT-6511
EMT-6405
EMT-6610
EMT-6515
EMT-6533A
EMT-6533
EMT-6533S
EMT-6611A
EMT-6611
EMT-6611S
EMT-6612L
EMT-6612
EMT-6513
primary tube
primary tube
primary tube
1LFH
2LFH
2LFH
2LFH
4LFH
4LFH
4LFH
7LFH
7LFH
7LFH
12LFH
12LFH
12LFH
19LFH
19LFH
19LFH
24LFH
24LFH
24LFH
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
4000
1000
500
1000
4000
1000
500
4000
1000
500
4000
1000
500
4000
1000
500
4000
1000
500
2000
1000
500
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
3000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
2000
4000
4000
15,5
15,5
15,5
48
80
80
80
126
126
126
190
190
190
310
310
310
438
438
438
591
591
591
HH
450 ply
350 ply
700 ply
G
700 ply
600 ply
1.4D
HH
E
1.7D
G
E
2.0D
MB5
F
2.35D
1.4D
G
2.0D
1.4D
MB5
drum
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
1000/500
450/250
350/250
700/350
1200/730
700/350
600/300
1400/1150
1000/500
850/500
1700/1150
1200/730
850/500
2000/1150
1200/1000
1000/630
2350/1150
1400/1150
1200/730
2000/1150
1400/1150
1200/1000
weight
[kg]
65
5
5
10
200
10
8
280
65
55
360
200
55
400
225
130
600
280
200
400
280
225
total
weight
[kg]
127
21
13
66
520
90
48
784
191
118
1120
390
150
1640
535
285
2352
718
419
1582
871
521
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
type
primary tube
1LFH
2LFH
4 LFH
7 LFH
12 LFH
19 LFH
24 LFH
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
microduct bundle
outer diameter
[mm]
minimum
bending radius
[mm]
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
7,2
7,2/12,2
12,2/14,3
17,2
22,9
26,9
32,5
50
100
150
150
220
300
350
500
ORDERING:
EMT-6405 - Low Fire Hazard Indoor 7 x 5/3.5 mm tube bundle, 4000 m drum
ACCESS
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
maximum pulling force
kG
6
15
25
40
60
95
130
180
N
60
150
250
400
600
950
1300
1800
generic
specification
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
MHT423
133
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1080
AERIAL FIGURE-8 MICRODUCTS
FEATURES:
• aerial microduct with figure-8 construction
• steel or dielectric strength member
• wide range of tube bundles
• all necessary suspensions and fixtures available
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
product code
description
EMT-60751
EMT-60789
EMT-60752
EMT-60753
EMT-60754
EMT-60448
EMT-8195
EMT-60107
EMT-60755
EMT-60757
EMT-60756
EMT-60758
EMT-60563
EMT-60759
EMT-60662
drop microduct
drop microduct
7F8
12F8
24F8
4F8
7F8
7F8
12F8
17F8
19F8
7F8
12F8
7F8
1F8
Figure-8 Microduct
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
6/2,5
6/2,7
4/2,7
4/2,7
4/2,7 + 1x8/6
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5
5/3,5 + 1x10/8 combo
5/3,5
10/8
4/2,5 + 1x12/8
12/10
14/10
supply length
[m]
minimum order
quantity [m]
weight
[g/m]
type
4000
3000
4000
3000
2000
2000
4000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1000
4000
3000
4000
3000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
22
26
317
383
542
313
367
367
453
576
549
606
485
676
316
E
E
2.0D
2.0D
2.2D
1.4D
2.2D
MB5
2.0D
1.7D
2.2D
2.0D
2.0D
2.0D
MB5
drum
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
850/500
850/500
2000/1150
2000/1150
2200/1150
1400/1150
2200/1150
1200/1000
2000/1150
1700/1150
2200/1150
2000/1150
2000/1150
2000/1150
1200/1000
weight
[kg]
55
55
400
400
500
280
500
225
400
360
500
400
400
400
225
total weight
[kg]
generic
specification
143
62,8
1668
1549
1584
906
1968
592
1306
936
1598
1006
1370
1076
541
CP418
CP963
CP999
CP1001
CP981
CP870
MHT1411
MHT1411
CP1030
CP1033
CP1031
CP952
CP968
CP1069
CP1019
ORDERING:
EMT-60752 - Figure-8 Aerial 7 x 4/2.7 mm tube bundle, 4000 m drum
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
OPTOCODE
L1080
FEATURES:
DIRECT BURY FILLED METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DBFMF
• for direct burial, all dielectric
• blongitudinally water blocked
• improved microduct roundness
• protection against kinking and crush
• better handling characteristics in the field once HDPE sheath is removed
• metal-free construction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
product code
description
EMT-8224
EMT-8225
EMT-8226
EMT-8227
EMT-60025
EMT-60026
EMT-60027
EMT-60028
3DBfmf
4DBfmf
5DBfmf
7DBfmf
3DBfmf
4DBfmf
5DBfmf
7DBfmf
microduct outer/inner
diameter
[mm]
10/8
10/8
10/8
10/8
12/10
12/10
12/10
12/10
supply length
[m]
minimum order
quantity [m]
weight
[g/m]
type
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
1000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
438
543
619
699
611
684
751
876
1.7D
2.0D
2.0D
2.2D
2.0D
2.2D
2.35D
2.0D
drum
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
1700/1150
2000/1150
2000/1150
2200/1150
2000/1150
2200/1150
2350/1150
2000/1150
weight
[kg]
360
400
400
500
400
500
600
400
total weight
[kg]
generic
specification
1326
1486
1638
1898
1622
1868
2102
1276
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MHT1844
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
microduct bundle outer diameter
[mm]
28
30,5
33,4
36,4
32,2
35,4
38,4
42,4
type
3DBfmf
4DBfmf
5DBfmf
7DBfmf
3DBfmf
4DBfmf
5DBfmf
7DBfmf
nominal bending radius [mm]
420
520
570
620
550
600
650
700
maximum pulling force
kG
N
220
2200
240
2400
270
2700
300
3000
260
2600
280
2800
330
3300
380
3800
ORDERING:
EMT-8227 - 7 x 10/8 mm direct bury tube bundle, metal-free, 2000 m drum
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
DBfmf Microduct
134
MICRODUCTS
SUBDUCTS AND MICRODUCTS
OPTOCODE
L1100
DIRECT INSTALL METAL-FREE MICRODUCTS DIMF
FEATURES:
• directly installed microducts
• all dielectric, metal-free construction
• outer sheath of flexible black PE
• convenient installation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
product code
description
microduct
outer/inner diameter
[mm]
supply
length
[m]
minimum
order quantity
[m]
drum
weight
[g/m]
dimensions
(outer diameter/width) [mm]
type
total
weight
[kg]
weight
[kg]
generic
specification
EMT-8321T
1DImf
5/3,5
4000
4000
47
G
1200/730
200
388
MHT1772
EMT-8374T
2DImf
5/3,5
4000
4000
71
MB5
1200/1000
225
509
MHT1772
EMT-8353T
4DImf
5/3,5
4000
4000
109
1.7D
1700/1150
360
796
MHT1772
EMT-8008LT
7DImf
5/3,5
4000
4000
151
1.7D
1700/1150
360
964
MHT1772
EMT-8375T
12DIfmf
5/3,5
4000
4000
224
2.2D
2200/1150
500
1396
MHT1772
EMT-8367T
19DImf
5/3,5
4000
4000
310
2.35D
2350/1150
600
1840
MHT1772
EMT-8376T
24DImf
5/3,5
2000
4000
410
2.0D
2000/1150
400
1220
MHT1772
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS:
maximum pulling force
microduct bundle outer
diameter [mm]
minimum bending radius
[mm]
kG
N
1DImf
9
120
22
220
2DImf
9,0/14,0
120
34
340
4DImf
15,8
200
52
520
7DImf
18,7
240
72
720
12DImf
24,1
320
100
1000
type
19DImf
28,1
360
150
1500
24DImf
33,7
500
200
2000
ORDERING:
EMT-8008LT - 7 x 5/3.5 mm direct-install tube bundle, metal-free, 4000 m drum
TELECOM
DImf Microduct
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
135
MICRODUCTS
CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
L1110
DIRECT BURY CLOSURES
FEATURES:
• for direct burial
• DB microduct branch capability
TDC Closure
• water tight, mechanically durable
• 6-way grommet that allows up to six single DB microducts to be branched from a single port
• wide range of closures allows selection of optimal solution
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of cable entries
dimensions
(length/width/height) [mm]
environmental protection
product code
TDC
6
316/220/70
IP67
EMT-TDC
TDM
2
(wide range of
configurations)
400/114/114
IP55
EMT-TDM
H
4
470/210/110
IP68
EMT-9190
Ci01
4
405/155/125
IP68
EMT-9500
3A
6
648/160/160
IP68
EMT-7247
closure type
TDM Closure
H-Branch Closure
ORDERING:
EMT-TDC - TDC Closure, please specify configuration of microduct entries
TELECOM
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
CL01 - In-line
Branch Closure
OPTOCODE
L1120
AERIAL BRANCH CLOSURE EMT-9257
FEATURES:
• dedicated for aerial networks
• aerial distribution point
• designed for use on either lashed or self-supporting aerial cables
• maximum diameter of aerial cable - 26 mm
• housing - a one-piece polypropylene moulding
• all loose parts, except spur cable clamp, are captive
• main cable glands are pre-packed with mastic (additional mastic provided for final packing)
• closed cell foamed PVC seals on re-enterable cover
• drain holes provided to allow the escape of any water that may accumulate within the closure
• ample space provided to allow the use of industry standard waterproof connectors
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• UV resistant
• dimensions (L x W x H): (351 x 135 x 60) mm
EMT-9257 Aerial Closure
• IP42 rated
ORDERING:
EMT-9257 - Aerial Branch Closure
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
FTTx
PON
136
MICRODUCTS
CLOSURES
OPTOCODE
L1130
LOW FIRE HAZARD INTERNAL CLOSURES
FEATURES:
• dedicated for in-building applications
• halogen-free
• all parts are made from flame-retardant materials
• low smoke
• suitable for indoor fire regulation use
Customer Lead In Point
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
number of entries
dimensions
(length/width/height)
[mm]
environmental protection
product code
Customer Lead In Point
1 + building outside wall
cable entry
182/43/54
IP55
EMT-7500
3-Port Branch Closure
3
390/240/68
IP54
EMT-7258
4-Port Branch Closure
4
520/280/70
IP54
EMT-7217
Y-Branch Closure
8
300/160/70
IP54
EMT-9018
closure type
ORDERING:
EMT-7500 - Customer Lead In Point
3-Port Branch Closure
ACCESS
4-Port Branch Closure
Y-Branch Closure
CATV
LAN
FTTx
PON
137
MICRODUCTS
CONNECTORS
OPTOCODE
L1140
MICROTUBE CONNECTORS
FEATURES:
• extensive connector range: straight connectors, reducers, end caps
• easy and quick installation
• no dedicated tools requred
• the straight microduct connectors can be pre-fitted with a removable HDPE outer shells to make them direct buried
Straight connector
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
connector type
microducts diameter
[mm]
3
5
5
5
7
7
7
10
10
12
12
14
14
14
5/3
5/3
5/3
7/3
7/5
10/8
10/8
12/5
12/7
12/17
12/10
12/10
14/10
14/10
14/12
14/12
7
7
10
12
14
10
12
14
10
12
14
3
4
5
7
10
12
14
3
5
5
7
10
12
14
product code
EMT-9916
EMT-9918
EMT-9822
EMT-7823
EMT-9736
EMT-9919
EMT-70193
EMT-9823
EMT-9921
EMT-9737
EMT-9922
EMT-9821
EMT-9734
EMT-9923
EMT-9925
EMT-9969
EMT-9926
EMT-70407
EMT-70031
EMT-9928
EMT-9971
EMT-70034
EMT-9735
EMT-9929
EMT-9930
EMT-9972
EMT-9970
EMT-70035
EMT-9931
EMT-9973
EMT-70194
EMT-70169
EMT-70170
EMT-70171
EMT-70172
EMT-70069
EMT-70070
EMT-9774
EMT-70071
EMT-70072
EMT-9776
EMT-9932
EMT-9933
EMT-9934
EMT-9935
EMT-9937
EMT-9938
EMT-9939
EMT-7316
EMT-7249
EMT-9338
EMT-7507
EMT-7488
EMT-70165
EMT-9738B
straight connectors
reducers
direct buried connectors
end caps
closedown connectors
gas block connectors
description
minimum order
quantity
clear
solid colour
5/2.1mm clear
7/5.5mm solid colour
7/5.5mm clear
7/3.5mm clear
solid colour
clear
solid colour
clear
14/12 mm clear
14/10 mm solid colour
14/10 mm clear
5/3.5 - 3/2.1 mm clear
5/3.5 - 3/2.1 mm solid colour
5/2.1 - 3/2.1 mm clear
7 - 3/2.1 mm clear
7/5.5 - 5/3.5 mm clear
10-8 mm clear
10-8 mm solid colour
12/10 - 5/3.5 mm clear
12-7 mm solid colour
12-7 mm clear
12-10 mm clear
12-10 mm solid colour
14-10 mm solid colour
14-10 mm clear
14-12 mm clear
14-12 mm solid colour
7/3.5 mm, with sheath
7/5.5 mm, with sheath
10/8 mm, with sheath
12 mm, with sheath
14/10 mm, with sheath
Reducer
10 pcs.
End cap
straight connector
directly buried
end cap clear
Water block/gas block connector
covers the fibre and both ends of the
break in the microduct
gas block connector
gas block connector, medium sized
ORDERING:
EMT-6111 - straight connector for 5 mm outer diamter tube, pack size 10 pcs
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
Direct Bury connector
138
MICRODUCTS
BLOWING EQUIPMENT
OPTOCODE
L1150
BLOWING EQUIPMENT
FEATURES:
• the extensive product range allows selection of the optimal solution
• quick and simple installation of fibres and cables
• possibility of cost effective network development without intrusive civil works
• long blowing distances
• possibility of blowing whole drum lengths without cutting the fibre
• some blowing units are pneumatically driven and do not require electrical power supply
Blowing Unit EMT-7779
• wide range of ancillaries, spare parts and consumables
• the fibre unit installation can be supported by the use of the coiler
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
EMT-7779
EMT-9226
EMT-9220
EMT-9471
fibre diameter range [mm]
product code
1,1-1,6
0,5-3,0
3,5-8,0
1,0-8,0
1,0-8,0
microduct diameter range [mm]
3,0-8,0
3,0-8,0
7,0-14,0
3,0-14,0
5,0-16,0
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
fibre units - 2 to 12 fibres
minicables - 24 to 144 fibres
Blowing Unit EMT-9226
maximum blowing speed [m/min]
drive type
55
50
120
50/120
62
electric
electric
pneumatic
pneumatic
electric
maximum pressure [bar]
16
16
16
16
15
total weight [kg]
10
18,5
15,9
17
40
435/270/315
600/400/340
590/385/250
591/385/250
470/340/490
dimensions (with transportation
case) [mm]
ORDERING:
EMT-7409A - Breeze Blowing Unit for minicables
Blowing Unit EMT-9220
Blowing Unit EMT-9471
Blowing Unit EMT-7409A
EMT-7409A
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
139
MICRODUCTS
TOOLS
OPTOCODE
L1160
TOOL KIT EMT-9087
FEATURES:
• includes standard tools and tools dedicated for blown fibre technology
• designed to assure ease of use and installer safety
• the use of correct tools allows the best possible performance and lowers the installation time
• each tool from the tool kit is available separatelly
• cutters and strippers for various diameter ranges also available
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Tool Kit
Item
symbol
description
Item
symbol
description
1.
EMT-9087
Tool box
10.
EMT-7299
Microduct Rotational Cutter
2.
EMT-9728
Sheath Stripper (4.5-40) mm
11.
EMT-9346
42 mm Heavy Duty Cutter
3.
EMT-7794
Metal-free cutter for 1DB
12
EMT-9345
Screwdriver Pack
4.
EMT-9344
Diagonal Cutters
13.
EMT-7298
Junior Hacksaw
5.
EMT-7301
Pliers Square nose
14.
EMT-7041
Flexible Saw
6.
EMT-7069
Trimming Knife
15.
EMT-7300
Sash Tool Brush
7.
EMT-7001
Longitudinal Sheath Stripper
16.
EMT-7949
Microduct Rounding Tool
8.
EMT-7071
Rotational Sheath Stripper
17.
EMT-7236
Collet Locking Tool
9.
EMT-7093
Scissors
18.
EMT-7014
Primary Tube Cutter 12.7mm
EMT-9728
EMT-7794
Sheath Stripper (4.5-40) mm (EMT-9728)
• capable of making circumferential cuts on cable and microducts
• plastic bodied with a spring loaded “V” anvil to attach it to the cable
• adjustable cutting blade for depth with a capacity of 4.5 to 40 mm
EMT-9344
Metal-free cutter for 1DB (EMT-7794)
• designed to remove the outer jacket from a 1 way DB 5 mm tube assembly
Diagonal Cutters (EMT-9344)
• provides clean cutting of metal products, Direct Bury sheaths and fillers
EMT-7301
Pliers Square Nose (EMT-7301)
• small combination pliers with cutter
Trimming Knife (EMT-7069)
EMT-7069
• ergonomically designed handle allows safer operation
• available without holder
Longitudinal Sheath Stripper (EMT-7001)
• allows easy stripping of outer sheaths without damaging the microtubes inside the microduct
Rotational Sheath Stripper (EMT-7071)
EMT-7001
• used for cutting the microduct outer sheath rotationally for gaining access to the primary tubes
• suitable for entering the Direct Buried (DB) microducts with outer diameters from 12 mm to 44 mm
Scissors (EMT-7093)
• heavy-duty scissors
EMT-7071
• they can cut through foil, sheath, rope, etc.
EMT-7093
140
MICRODUCTS
TOOLS
OPTOCODE
L1160
EMT-9087 TOOL KIT
Microduct Rotational Cutter (EMT-7299)
• suitable for stripping cable jackets and microduct outer sheaths
• allows both longitudinal and circumferential cuts
EMT-7299
42 mm Heavy Duty Cutter (EMT-9346)
• Heavy Duty Cutter suitable for cutting through the microducts with up to 42 mm outer diameter
• allows easy cutting of different kinds of microducts especially Direct Buried
• Cutting range is from 10 - 42 mm outer diameter
Screwdriver Pack (EMT-9345)
EMT-9346
• 6 piece set of general purpose screwdrivers
• includes: two pozi and four slotted screwdrivers
Junior Hacksaw (EMT-7298)
• extremely useful for cutting HDPE sub ducts and tube bundles
EMT-9345
Flexible Saw (EMT-7041)
• flexible saw for cutting tree roots
Sash Tool Brush (EMT-7300)
• suitable for removing dust and dirt from the inside of blowing head or the mating surfaces of a closure
EMT-7298
Microduct rounding tool (x4) (EMT-7949)
• used to round microducts with 3 mm, 5 mm and 10 mm outer diameter after cutting and before adding a connector
EMT-7041
Collet Locking Tool (EMT-7236)
• this tool ensures that the microduct is correctly locked into the connector
Primary Tube Cutter 12.7 mm (EMT-7014)
EMT-7300
• gives a clean, straight cut to the microduct before inserting into a connector
EMT-7949
ORDERING:
EMT-7833B - Tool Box Kit
EMT-7236
TELECOM
EMT-7014
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
ADDITIONAL TOOLS
LAN
FTTx
OPTOCODE
L1170
Cable jacket, microduct sheath stripper (EMT-7000)
• allows circumferential cuts of a cable jacket or microduct sheath
• platic handle with V-shaped cable holder
EMT-7000
• adjustable cutting depths of 4.0 mm to 16 mm
• not suitable for Direct Buried microduct outer sheaths
EMT-7066
Cable jacket, microduct sheath stripper (EMT-7066)
• allows circumferential cuts of a cable jacket or microduct sheath
• plastic handle with V-shaped cable holder
• adjustable cutting depths of 8.0 mm to 28 mm.
PON
Industry
141
MICRODUCTS
TOOLS
OPTOCODE
L1170
ADDITIONAL TOOLS
Stripper (EMT-7777)
• used for cutting ducts or cables around outer sheath with diameters between 29 and 35 mm
• equipped with plastic hand and V holder for grabbing a cable
• tunnable cutting depth from 29 to 35 mm
• does NOT suit direct burrow microducts
EMT-7777
Stripper (EMT-7065)
• used for cutting ducts or cables around outer sheath
• for sheaths of diameter between 35 and 50 mm
• equipped with plastic hand and V holder for grabbing a cable
• tunnable cutting depth from 35 to 50 mm
• does NOT suit direct burrow microducts
EMT-7065
Duct Clipper (EMT-72799A)
• used for cutting round sheathed product rotationally, for gaining access to the primary tubes underneath the sheathed
product
Duct Cutter (EMT-72799012)
EMT-72799A
• for duct cutting
• dimensions: 3 -14 mm
Duct Cutter (EMT-7068)
• for easy cutting of all microduct products, especially the DB type
• cutting range from 10 - 42 mm outer diameter
• high durability and damage resistance
EMT-72799012
Stripper (EMT-9342)
• a tool to remove the outer jacket and aid the brakeout of individual fibres from the Emtelle 2 or 4 fibre unit
EMT-7068
Stripper (EMT-7335)
• a precision tool used to remove the primary coating from fibres
Stripper (EMT-7562)
• used in the removal of outer sheaths of fibre units
• used in the crimping of blowing beads
• codes 7318a & 7512a
EMT-9342
Stripper (EMT-7064)
• enables longitudinal cutting of microducts
• used on products where a rip cord is not available
• will cut along 3mm thick sheaths and through glass reinforcement
EMT-7335
Cable Pull Sock (EMT-708A)
• used to install any size of sheathed products
• installed by pulling an expandable woven steel sleeve that grips lightly onto cables as pulling tension is applied
Blowing Beads (EMT-7318A)
• fixed to the end of the fibre before blowing starts
• guides the fibre through connectors and around sharp bends
EMT-7562
ORDERING:
EMT-7068 - high durability microduct cutter for diameters under 42 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
EMT-7064
7
The aerial networks are built mainly in rarely populated suburban areas as well as in rocky, muddy or sandy
regions that are difficult for underground installations. The suspended systems are friendly for further network
expansions and can be quickly repaired in case of line breaks.
The fiber optic overhead network system consists of a wide range of self-supporting distribution and
subscriber cables, cable suspensions, brackets and auxiliary accessories for cable installation on wooden,
steel or concrete poles as well as on power line pylons. The cables offered by OPTOMER are mechanically and
environmentally durable with excellent UV resistance. The installation equipment allow building the reliable
overhead networks in all possible configurations and various operating conditions.
AERIAL
NETWORKS
SPIS TREŚCI
AERIAL NETWORKS
NSR-12 AERIAL DISTRIBUTION BOX ........................................................144
CCU5032 AERIAL CABLE .........................................................................145
CCU5031 AERIAL CABLE .........................................................................146
CCU5030 AERIAL CABLE .........................................................................147
LTA1597 AERIAL CABLE ..........................................................................148
LTA1596 UNIVERSAL CABLE ....................................................................149
CCU1577 UNIVERSAL CABLE...................................................................150
UNC1636 AERIAL CABLE .........................................................................151
UNC1630 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE ..........................................................152
UNC1629 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE ..........................................................153
AC6, AC7, AC10 ANCHORING CLAMP .......................................................154
SC39B SUSPENSION CLAMP ...................................................................155
SC39C SUSPENSION CLAMP ...................................................................155
Z30/34 SUSPENSION CLAMP ..................................................................156
SS1025 SUSPENSION BELT .....................................................................156
SRO PULLEY ...........................................................................................156
ACADSS ANCHORING CLAMP ..................................................................157
JHC1015, JHC1520 J-HOOK CLAMP .......................................................157
GSHS AR HELICAL SUSPENSION ..............................................................158
GSDE AR HELICAL DEAD END ..................................................................159
UPB UNIVERSAL POLE BRACKET .............................................................160
CT8 UNIVERSAL CONSOLE ......................................................................160
CS CONSOLE + BQC12X50 HOOK BOLT ..................................................161
CS1500 POLE BRACKET ..........................................................................161
EC13, EC13T GROUNDING CLAMP...........................................................162
EW49, EWI46 GROUNDING WIRE .............................................................162
ER1610R, ER2012 GROUNDING ROD.......................................................163
ERC16, ERC20 COPPER CLAMP...............................................................163
144
AERIAL
NETWORKS
HERMETIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES
NSR-12 AERIAL DISTRIBUTION BOX
OPTOCODE
M1310
FEATURES:
• specially designed for FTTH
• used in aerial optical networks
• termination of 12 fibres
• 12 patching fields
• 8 drop entries
• UV proof plastic closure
• IP66 environmental protection
• possible introduction of uncut cable
EQUIPPED WITH:
• KSQ splice tray
• PG gland, cable ties
• dedicated bracket
• lock (optional)
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
NSR-12
dimensions width/hight/depth [mm]
180/255/65
0.9 mm buffered fibre pigtail length
1m
number of cable entries (6 to 8.5) mm
2
number of 6 mm cable entries
8
maximum splice/adapter capacity
12
maximum cable diameter [mm]
ø8,5
ORDERING:
NP-NSR12- Aerial Distribution Box
Notice: the accessories for aerial networks i.e. splice closures, spare length cable boxes etc. are described in chapter 4
Uwaga: Osprzęt uzupełniający to sieci napowietrznych
w postaci muf i stelaży zapasu kabla znajduje się w
rozdziale 5.
NSR-12 Aerial Distribution Box
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
145
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1010
CCU5032 AERIAL CABLE
FEATURES:
• aerial cable for power network poles instalation
• 96 to 144 fibres
• pole span up to 200 m under different weather conditions
• water and gunshot resistant
• safe to use on power network poles
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
69 to 144 fibres
CCU
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
CCU extended
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
> 20 000
crash resistance [N/cm]
CCU5032 aerial cable cross section
450
minimum bending radius [mm]
170
tightness
resistant against longitudinal water penetration
standard packaging
2 km or 5 km drums
nominal sheath thickness [mm]
1,2
nominal diameter [mm]
14,8
16,2
nominal weight [kg/km]
192
222
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number
and type of fibres-product code + metric
outer sheath marking
ORDERING:
NP-CCU5032/8/12 - aerial cable for power network pole installation, with 8 tubes 12 fibres each
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2
3
4
5
6, 8 or 12 fibres tube
water barrier
thermoplastic central tube
strength members (fibre reinforced plastic)
aramid yarns
HDPE outer sheath
6
146
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
CCU5031 AERIAL CABLE
OPTOCODE
M1020
FEATURES:
• aerial cable for power network poles instalation
• 60 to 84 fibres
• pole span up to 200 m under different weather conditions
• water and gunshot resistant
• safe to use on power network poles
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
60 to 84 fibres
CCU
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
CCU5031 cable cross section
CCU extended
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
> 20 000
crush resistance [N/cm]
450
minimum bending radius [mm]
150
tightness
resistant against longitudinal water penetration
standard packaging
2 km or 5 km drums
nominal sheath thickness [mm]
1,2
nominal diameter [mm]
14,0
15,5
nominal weight [kg/km]
163
194
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number
and type of fibres-product code + metric
outer sheath marking
ORDERING:
NP-CCU5031/5/12 - aerial cable for power network pole installation, with 5 tubes 12 fibres each
TELECOM
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2
3
4
5
6, 8 or 12 fibres tube
water barrier
thermoplastic central tube
strength members (fibre reinforced plastic)
aramid yarns
HDPE outer sheath
6
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
147
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1030
CCU5030 AERIAL CABLE
FEATURES:
• aerial cable for power network poles instalation
• 12 to 48 fibres
• pole span up to 200 m under different weather conditions
• water and gunshot resistant
• safe to use on power network poles
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
12 to 48 fibres
CCU
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
CCU extended
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
CCU5030 cable cross section
> 20 000
crush resistance [N/cm]
450
minimum bending radius [mm]
170
tightness
resistant against longitudinal water penetration
standard packaging
2 km or 5 km drums
nominal sheath diameter [mm]
1,2
nominal diameter [mm]
13,3
14,8
nominal weight [kg/km]
151
181
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number
and type of fibres-product code + metric
outer sheath designation
ORDERING:
NP-CCU5030/4/8 - aerial cable, for power network pole installation, with 4 tubes, 8 fibres each
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2
3
4
5
6, 8 or 12 fibres tube
water barrier
thermoplastic central tube
strength members (fibre reinforced plastic)
aramid yarns
HDPE outer sheath
6
148
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
LTA1597 AERIAL CABLE
OPTOCODE
M1040
FEATURES:
• figure of eight aerial cable
• galvanically protected steel suspension strength member
• pole span up to 100 m
• protected against weather conditions
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
72 fibres (6 loose tubes)
LTA1597 cable cross section
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
4
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
8600
8600
crush resistance [N/cm]
300
minimum bending radius [mm]
150
standard packaging
180
2 km and 5 km drums
nominal sheath diameter [mm]
1,5
nominal diameter [mm]
10,6 x 18,6
12,3 x 20,3
nominal weight [kg/km]
158
167
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number
and type of fibres-product code + metric
outer sheath designation
ORDERING:
NP-LTA1597/6/8 - figure of 8 aerial cable, with 6 tubes, 8 fibres each
TELECOM
1
2
3
5
1. fiber reinforced plastic core
2. loose tubes with 6, 8 or 12 fibres each, filled with
hydrofobic gel
3. water blocking yarns
4. galvanically protected steel suspension strength
member
5. high density poliethylen sheath
96 fibres (8 loose tubes)
-40 to +70
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
149
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1050
LTA1596 UNIVERSAL CABLE
FEATURES:
• for direct burial, cable ducts or aerial installation
• high mechanical strength
• pole span up to 100 m
• rodent and gunshot proof
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
up to 72 fibres
(6 loose tubes)
up to 96 fibres
(8 loose tubes)
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
LTA1596 universal cable cross section
up to 144 fibres up to 216 fibres
(12 loose tubes) (18 loose tubes)
10
13,4
crush resistance [N/cm]
17,3
17,3
300
300
450
minimum bending radius [mm]
230
standard packaging
230
2 km, 4 km, 6km or 8 km drums
nominal sheath diameter [mm]
2
nominal diameter [mm]
15
16,3
20,2
20,2
nominal weight [kg/km]
220
255
355
370
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number and type of fibresproduct code + metric
outer sheath designation
ORDERING:
NP-LTA1596/18/12 - universal cable with 18 tubes 12 fibres each
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
1
2
3
4
5
6
1. fibre reinforced plastic core
2. polyester loose tubes with 6, 8 or 12 fibres each,
filled with hydrofobic gel
3. water blocking yarns
4. polyethylene inner sheath
5. flat FRP braid protecting against rodents
6. HDPE outer sheath
150
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
CCU1577 UNIVERSAL CABLE
OPTOCODE
M1060
FEATURES:
• for direct burial, duct and aerial installations
• 12 to 144 fibres
• high mechanical strength
• gunshot and rodent proof
• up to 200 m span, depending on weather conditions
• provides fluent transition from aerial to underground installation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
36 fibres (6 compact
tubes)
CCU1577 universal cable cross section
transportation and
storage
temperature range
[°C]:
72 fibres (12 compact
tubes)
144 fibres (12 compact
tubes)
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
4000
4000
crush resistance [N/cm]
450
450
500
minimum bending radius [mm]
150
150
170
standard packaging
6000
2 km, 3 km or 4.8 km drums
nominal sheath diameter [mm]
1,5
1,5
1,5
nominal diameter [mm]
12
13,3
14,5
125
165
190
nominal weight [kg/km]
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number and type of fibres-product
code + metric
outer sheath designation
ORDERING:
NP-CCU1577/8/12 - universal cable for direct burial, duct and aerial installations, with 8 tubes, 12 fibres each
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2
3
4
compact tube with 6, 8 or 12 fibres
water barrier
thermoplastic central tube
rodent proof FRP strength elements
HDPE outer sheath
5
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
151
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1070
UNC1636 AERIAL CABLE
FEATURES:
• for duct or aerial installations
• used in FTTH networks
• up to 144 fibres
• ability to pull or blow into microducts on distances up to 100 m
• minimalized friction inside ducts
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
1 to 12 fibres (1
compact tube)
temperature
range [°C]:
24 to 36 fibres (3
compact tubes)
transportation
and storage
48 fibres (4
comapct tubes)
72 fibres (6
compact tubes)
UNC1634 aerial cable cross section
144 fibres (12
compact tubes)
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
800
crush resistance [N/cm]
1200
200
minimum bending radius [mm]
60
2000
2200
250
80
standard packaging
120
2700
300
150
200
2 km, 4 km, 6 km and 8 km drums
nominal sheath diameter [mm]
2
nominal diameter [mm]
6
8,5
9,5
10,7
11,3
nominal weight [kg/km]
31,5
49
62
84
146
outer sheath designation
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number and type of fibres-product code + metric
ORDERING:
NP-UNC1634/1/12 - outdoor cable for aerial or subduct installation, with 1 tube containing 12 fibres
1
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
3
4
FRP strength members
compact tube (capacity up to 12 fibres)
water swellable tape
HDPE outer sheath
152
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
UNC1630 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE
OPTOCODE
M1080
FEATURES:
• for duct and aerial installations
• 1 or 2 fibres
• enables direct connection between the distribution point (e.g. on a pole) to the customer optical outlet
• low friction coefficient ensures easy sliding inside the duct
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
1 or 2 fibres
transportation and storage
UNC 1630 drop cable cross section
temperature range [°C]:
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
800
crush resistance [N/cm]
200
minimum bending radius [mm]
60
standard packaging
2100 m or 4200 m drums
nominal diameter [mm]
6
nominal weight [kg/km]
31
outer sheath designation
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number and type of
fibres-product code + metric
ORDERING:
NP-UNC1630/2 - outdoor drop cable, for duct and aerial installation, with 2 fibres
TELECOM
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
3
FRP strength members
1 or 2 fibres in easy strip tube
water blocking yarn
HDPE outer sheath
4
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
153
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL OPTICAL CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1090
UNC1629 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE
FEATURES:
• for duct and aerial installations
• 1 or 2 fibres in 900 µm buffer
• enables direct connection between the distribution point (e.g. on a pole) to the customer optical outlet
• low friction coefficient ensures easy sliding inside the duct
• when outer sheath is removed, cable becomes an indoor LSOH cable
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
single fibre cable
transportation and storage
temperature range [°C]:
two fibre cable
UNC1629 drop cable cross section
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
800
crush resistance [N/cm]
200
minimum bending radius [mm]
60
standard packaging
75
2100 m or 4200 m drums
nominal diameter [mm]
6,1
minimum sheath thickness [mm]
0,8
7,7
0,8
nominal inner sheath diameter [mm]
2,7
4,1
indoor cable mounting
sticking
sticking or stapling
nominal weight [kg/km]
30
40
year and week of manufacturing-ACOME-number
and type of fibres-product code + metric
outer sheath designation
ORDERING:
NP-UNC1629/1 - outdoor drop cable for aerial and duct installation, with single fibre
1
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
2
3
4
5
PON
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
FRP strength members
aramid yarns with water barrier
indoor LSOH sheath
1 or 2 singlemode fibres in 900 um buffer,
aramid yarns and water barrier
HDPE outer sheath
6
154
AERIAL
NETWORKS
FIGURE 8 CABLE SPUSPENSIONS
OPTOCODE
M1100
AC6, AC7, AC10 ANCHORING CLAMP
FEATURES:
• dedicated for figure 8 cables with steel messenger
• consists of body, jaws and stainless steel bail
• body made of plastic in case of AC6 and alluminium alloy in case of AC7 and AC10
• zink alloy jaws
• quick, easy and direct ending of figure 8 cable with steel messenger, with no need to strip the cable
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
figure 8 cable with steel messenger
AC6 260 anchoring clamp
anchoring clamp
load on installation
messenger diameter
(including sheath)
min.
max.
clamp type
packaging
[pcs.]
100
3 mm to 6 mm
40 daN
100 daN
AC6 260
260 mm
0,09
60 daN
250 daN
AC7 500
500 mm
0,17
80
7 mm to 10 mm
200 daN
500 daN
AC10 500
500 mm
0,30
50
NP-UO-AC6260 - anchoring clamp for figure 8 cable with steel messenger
TELECOM
AC10 500 anchoring clamp
weight [kg]
4 mm to 7 mm
ORDERING:
AC7 500 anchoring clamp
loop length
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
155
AERIAL
NETWORKS
OPTOCODE
M1120
FIGURE 8 CABLE SPUSPENSIONS
SC39B SUSPENSION CLAMP
FEATURES:
• galvanised steel clamp
• mounts figure of 8 cables with messenger diameter ranging from 4mm to 9 mm
• mounted on wooden poles with single bolt or with steel bands on any other poles (pole brcket required)
• the interior part of the jaws made of UV proof, thermoplastic material
• minimised damage caused by the extensive vertical cable load
• clamp mass: 0.25 kg
• packed 100 pieces per box
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT:
• JHC bracket
• 30/41 bracket
• bolt
ORDERING:
SC39B figure of 8 cable clamp
NP-UP-SC39B - suspension clamp for figure of 8 cables
OPTOCODE
M1130
SC39C SUSPENSION CLAMP
FEATURES:
• galvanised steel clamp
• mounts figure of 8 cables with messenger diameter ranging from 4 mm to 9 mm
• mounted on wooden poles with single bolt or with steel bands on any other poles (pole brcket required)
• the interior part of the jaws made of UV proof, thermoplastic material
• minimised demage caused by the extensive vertical cable load
• jaws with small groove are suitable for messenger diameters ranging from 4 mm to 6 mm, with wide groove for 6 mm
to 9 mm messenger diameter
• clamp mass: 0.22 kg
• packed 100 pieces per box
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT:
• JHC bracket
• 30/41 bracket
• bolt
ORDERING:
SC39C figure of 8 cable clamp
NP-UP-SC39C - figure of 8 cable clamp
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
156
AERIAL
NETWORKS
FIGURE 8 CABLE SPUSPENSIONS
Z30/34 SUSPENSION CLAMP
OPTOCODE
M1140
FEATURES:
• galvanised steel clamp
• mounts figure of 8 cables with messenger diameter ranging from 4 mm to 9 mm
• mounted on wooden poles with single bolt or with steel bands on any other poles (pole brcket required)
• the interior part of the jaws made of UV proof, thermoplastic material
• minimised demaged caused by the extensive vertical cable load
• jaws with small groove are suitable for messenger diameters ranging from 4 mm to 5 mm, with wide groove for 6 mm
to 9 mm messenger diameter
• 2 brackets with wholes for suspending e.g. pulleys during cable installation
• clamp mass: 0.24 kg
• packed 100 pieces per box
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT:
Z30/34 figure 8 cables’ suspension clamp
• bolt
ORDERING:
NP-UP-Z30/34 - figure of 8 cable suspension clamp
SS1025 SUSPENSION BELT
OPTOCODE
M1160
FEATURES:
• dedicated for ADSS cables of diameter up to 30 mm, or figure of 8 cables of the total hight of 36 mm including
messenger
• resistant to weather conditions
• long lifespan
• maximum vertical tension 120 daN
• belt mass 0.1 kg
• packed 300 pieces per box
ORDERING:
SS1025 Suspension belt
NP-UP-SS1025 - ADSS cables suspension belt for up to 30 mm cable diameter
SRO PULLEY
OPTOCODE
M1230
FEATURES:
• for ADSS cables of diameter up to 25 mm
• pole span 100 m
• the pulley is made of UV stabilised plastic
• mounted with bolt of hardened steel
• in order to protect cable against wear caused by friction, it should be protected with PCV spiral in place of contact with
the pulley
ORDERING:
NP-UP-SRO/GS16.2.16 - Pulley with spiral protection for 17 mm to 22 mm cable diameters
SRO Pulley
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
157
AERIAL
NETWORKS
OPTOCODE
M1110
ADSS CABLE SUSPENSIONS
ACADSS ANCHORING CLAMP
FEATURES:
• anchoring clamp with elastic, stainless steel bail
• body and wedges made of UV proof, thermoplastic material
• pole span up to 100 m
• a selection of clamps covering the whole range of ADSS cable diameters
• mass of a single clamp 0.4 kg
• packed 30 pieces in box
ACADSS10 anchoring clamp
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
ADSS cable diameter (including
outer sheath)
anchoring clamp
ACADSS10
8 to 12 mm
ACADSS12
10 to 14 mm
ACADSS14
12 to 16 mm
ACADSS16
14 to 18 mm
ACADSS18
16 to 20 mm
ORDERING:
NP-UP-ACADSS10 - ADSS cable anchoring clamp for diameters ranging from 8 mm to 12 mm, for installation on poles
ACADSS10 clamp cross section
with 100 m span
OPTOCODE
M1150
JHC1015, JHC1520 J-HOOK CLAMP
FEATURES:
• suspension clamp for 10 mm to 20 mm diameter ADSS cables
• installation on intermediate poles
• pole span up to 100 m
• installation on straight cable routes or with angles of max. 25°, in case of more severe angles protect the cable by
installing 2 anchoring clamps
• made of galvanised steel with neoprene inset
• UV stabilised
• JHC1015 used for diameterrange from 10 mm to 15 mm, clamp mass 0.59 kg
• JHC1520 used for diameterrange from 15 mm to 20 mm, clamp mass 0.57 kg
ORDERING:
NP-UP-JHC1015 - J-Hook suspension clamp wit neoprene inset, for cable diameter range of 10 mm to 15 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
JHC1015 suspension clamp
158
AERIAL
NETWORKS
ADSS CABLE SUSPENSIONS
OPTOCODE
M1170
GSHS AR HELICAL SUSPENSION
FEATURES:
• helical suspension for ADSS cables
• pole span from 100 m to 250 m
• each suspension set consists of:
- 4 helical armour rods
- 1 suspension eyelet
EQUIPPED WITH:
• brackets
• installation tools for bolt mounting
• installation tools for band mounting
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
GSHS AR Helical Suspension
designation
capacity
cable
diameter
range
[mm]
wire
diameter
Ø [mm]
number of
wires in a
braid
length L1
[mm]
wire
diameter
Ø [mm]
number of
wires in the
armour braid
length L2
[mm]
weight
[kg]
GSHS AR 1050
white marker
10,5-11,3
10,7-11,0
3,25
3
880
2,18
(3x3)+5=14
1200
0,72
GSHS AR 1150
yellow marker
11,5-12,6
11,8-12,2
3,25
3
880
2,18
(3x4)+3=15
1200
0,78
GSHS AR 1250
black marker
12,5-13,6
12,8-13,2
3,25
3
880
2,18
4x4=16
1200
0,84
GSHS AR 1290
green marker
12,9-14,6
13,2-13,7
3,25
3
880
2,18
4x4=16
1200
0,86
GSHS AR 1350
blue marker
13,5-14,5
13,8-14,1
3,25
3
880
2,18
4x4=16
1200
0,86
GSHS AR 1420
red marker
14,2-15,2
14,5-14,8
3,25
3
880
2,18
(3x4)+5=17
1200
0,92
GSHS AR 1530
brown marker
15,3-16,8
15,5-16,4
3,25
3
880
2,18
(2x4+2x5)=18
1200
0,98
pack size: 5 sets (1 set = 1 suspension eyelet + 4 armour rods)
Notice: The complementary equipment is chosen depending on the pole types and their configuration.
ORDERING:
NP-OP-GSHS AR 1150 - helical suspension for cable diameter range of 11.8 mm to 12.2 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
159
AERIAL
NETWORKS
ADSS CABLE SUSPENSIONS
OPTOCODE
M1180
GSDE AR HELICAL DEAD END
FEATURES:
• helical dead end for ADSS cables
• made of galvanised steel
• pole span from 100 m to 250 m
• each set consists of:
- 4 armour rods
- 1 helical dead end loop
EQUIPPED WITH:
• thimbles
• turnbuckles
• shackles
• brackets
• installation tools for bolt mounting
GSDE AR Helical Dead End
• installation tools for band mounting
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
loop
cable
diameter
range Ø
[mm]
wire
diameter
Ø [mm]
number of
wires in a
braid
GSDE AR 1050
white marker
10,5-11,3
3,25
GSDE AR 1150
yellow marker
11,5-12,6
GSDE AR 1250
black marker
designation
armour rods
length [mm]
L
L1
ø wire
[mm]
5
820
533
2,18
3,25
5
820
533
12,5-13,6
3,25
5
820
GSDE AR 1290
green marker
12,9-14,6
3,25
5
GSDE AR 1350
blue marker
13,5-14,5
3,25
GSDE AR 1420
red marker
14,2-15,2
GSDE AR 1530
brown marker
15,3-16,6
number
of wires
in armour
braid
length [mm]
L
M
(3x3)+5=14
1050
330
1,530
2,18
(3x4)+3=15
1050
330
1,570
533
2,18
4x4=16
1050
330
1,610
820
533
2,18
4x4=16
1050
330
1,625
5
820
533
2,18
(3x4)+5=17
1050
330
1,655
3,25
5
820
533
2,18
(3x5)+3=18
1050
330
1,665
3,25
5
820
533
2,18
(3x5)+3=18
1050
330
1,685
pack size: 2 sets (1 set = 1 helical dead end loop + 4 armour rods)
Notice: The complementary equipment is chosen depending on the pole types and their configuration.
ORDERING:
NP-OP-GSDE AR 1420 - Helical Dead End for cable diameter range of 14.2 mm to 15.2 mm
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
weight
[kg]
PON
160
AERIAL
NETWORKS
BRACKETS
OPTOCODE
M1190
UPB UNIVERSAL POLE BRACKET
FEATURES:
• made of high strength alluminium alloy
• dedicated for wooden, metal and concrete poles
USE:
• suspension of ending pulleys
• cable fixing in connection points
• mounting drop cables in branching points
• mounting horizontal brackets
• ending of one, two, or three parallel lines
• installation of dead ends
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
UPB Bracket
••
••
installation
maximum working load (safety factor = 3)
• Dead-ending F1 *
500 daN
• Dead-ending F2*
300 daN
• Guying / stay F3*
930 daN
• Service lines F4*
200 daN
• Angles F5*
500 daN
material
Aluminium alloy
weight [kg]
0,2
packaging
30 pieces per box
ORDERING:
NP-WS-UPB - Universal Pole Bracket
UPB bracket design and loading scheme
CT8 UNIVERSAL CONSOLE
OPTOCODE
M1200
FEATURES:
• made of galvanised steel
• ability to suspend up to 8 lines and variety of equipment
• dedicated for wooden, metal or concrete poles, independently of their shape
ORDERING:
CT8 Universal Console
NP-WSCT8 - Universal Pole Console
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
161
AERIAL
NETWORKS
WSPORNIKI
OPTOCODE
M1210
CS CONSOLE + BQC12X50 HOOK BOLT
FEATURES:
• made of galvanised steel
• mounted on intermediate poles with one 12 x 50 bolt equipped with 1 square nut, 1 round washer, 1 spring washer and
1 hexagonal nut
• mounted with 20 mm steel bands on each pole type
• bracket mass: 0.22 kg
• bolt mass: 0.10 kg
• packed 50 pieces per box
ORDERING:
CS/BQC1250 - CS Bracket with 12 mm x 50 mm hook bolt
CS Bracket with BQC12x50 Hook Bolt
OPTOCODE
M1220
CS1500 POLE BRACKET
FEATURES:
• aluminum bracket
• dimensions (170 x 80) mm, 38 mm eyelet diameter
• dedicated for wooden, metal and conrete poles of different shapes
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• with two 20 mm or 3/4 inch steel bands
• with one 14 or 16 mm diameter bolt
mounting
breaking load
F (at 33° angle) = 1000 daN
material
aluminum alloy
weight [kg]
0,2
packaging
50 pieces
CS1500 Pole Bracket
ORDERING:
NP-WS-CS1500 - Pole Bracket
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
162
AERIAL
NETWORKS
AERIAL NETWORK GROUNDINGS
OPTOCODE
M1240
EC13, EC13T GROUNDING CLAMP
FEATURES:
• solid connection between metal components of network and grounding wire
• efficient insulation cut
• enables good contact between the clamp and messenger
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
messenger diameter
EC13 Grounding Clamp
(3 – 13) mm
material
weight [kg]
packaging
body: zinc alloy
bolt: corrosion protected steel
0,09
100 pieces per
box
EC13 installation:
• place grounding wire in the groove
• draw the open clamp over the messenger, without removing the insulation from the messenger
• tighten the nut with hexagonal key
EC13T installation:
• place grounding wire in the groove
• draw the open clamp over the messenger, without removing the insulation from the messenger
• tighten the nut with hexagonal key until the nut breaks
ORDERING:
NP-ZU-EC13 - Grounding Clamp for 3 mm to 13 mm messenger
EC13T Grounding Clamp
EW49, EWI46 GROUNDING WIRE
OPTOCODE
M1250
FEATURES:
• used for grounding the aerial networks
• EW49: four 2.05 mm diameter stranded wires, strand lead 40 mm ± 2 mm
• EWI46: contains 7 stranded flexible 0.85 mm diameter insulated copper wires with the strand lead of 40 mm ± 2 mm
• total outer diameter 4.95 mm
EW49 Grounding Wire
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
material
weight (100 m) [kg]
packaging
copper
3
100 m drums
ORDERING:
NP-LU-EW49 - four wire strand grounding wire
TELECOM
EWI46 Grounding Wire
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
163
AERIAL
NETWORKS
OPTOCODE
M1260
AERIAL NETWORK GROUNDINGS
ER1610R, ER2012 GROUNDING ROD
FEATURES:
• round cross section, unextendable (ER1610R) or extendable (ER2012)
• ER1610R 16 mm diameter, ER2012 20 mm diameter
• length without clamp 1m
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
material
zinc-plated steel
weight (100 m) [kg]
packaging
1,4
100 m on a reel
ER1610R Grounding Rod
ORDERING:
NP-PU-ER1610R - 16 mm Grounding Rod
ER2012 Grounding Rod
OPTOCODE
M1270
ERC16, ERC20 COPPER CLAMP
FEATURES:
• ERC16 clump is dedicated for ER1610R grounding rod
• ERC20 clump is dedicated for ER2012 grounding rod
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
material
weight ERC16/ERC20
[kg]
packaging
copper
0,075/0,1
100 pieces in a box
ORDERING:
ERC Copper Clamp
NNP-KM-ERC20 - ER20 Rod Dedicated Clamp
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
PON
8
Mobile telephony and mobile data access is a regular part of our daily lives. Rapid development of advanced
telecommunication systems and the growing demand for data, forces the equipment manufacturers and operators to
use the innovative technologies. Beginning in the early nineties, the development of wireless access networks started
with the GSM systems and was followed by UMTS, CDMA and HSPA standards further evolving towards LTE. Another
wireless data transmission technique that was developed independently was WiMax (802.16d -> 802.16m). The
increasing demand for data transfer speeds as well as the increase of broadcast frequencies from the range of 850
MHz to 1900 MHz for GSM to up to 3.5 GHz, forced operators to increase the number of transmitting devices. Due to the
signal propagation loss increases with the broadcast frequency rise the new systems require a dense network of radio
cells to provide consistent access to the network. The consequence of this is the increase of the number of antennas
and base stations. In case of WiMax system the increase of the density of transmitters is even more important. The
operators are therefore forced to build denser networks in order to ensure a good mobile services quality. The denser
network requires more antennas and the currently used technologies using coaxial feeder cables and base stations for
each antenna may prove to be unprofitable. OPTOMER offers a range of FTTA dedicated products and solutions which
are presented in this part of the catalogue.
FTTA
NETWORKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FTTA NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS .....................................166
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS .....................................167
PSH-4 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME .............................168
PSH-3 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME .............................169
FTTA SYSTEM PATCHCORDS ...................................................................170
UNC1630, UNC1634 CABLE ....................................................................171
166
FTTA
NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS
FTTA (Fiber To The Antenna) is a modern technology, enabling the delivery of signal to the Remote Radio Head (RRH, located near the antenna) through
an optical fibre. The solution is employed in LTE, WiMAX and GSM transmission systems. Inside the RRH, optical signal is converted to a high frequency
electrical signal ready to be emitted by the antenna.
2
1
RRH
3
FTTA solution installation scheme:
1 – optical fibre cables with HeavyDuty connectors or
hermetically sealed
2 – fibre optic distribution boxes
3 – multi-fibre cables, UV stabilised, terminated with connectors
4 – spare length optical fibre cable boxes
5 – base station
4
2
5
167
FTTA
NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS
Base stations, thanks to FTTA technology, are able to feed multiple antennas, while signal transmission through optical fibre is independent of
transmitted frequency levels. There is also no limitation on the distance between a base station and antennas (for coaxial feeders 50 m distance
means over 30% signal loss).
Network expansion will require more antennas, which can be fed by one base station with the aid of FTTA technique. Centralization of base
stations will be advantageous in terms of occupying area (security, permissions, tenancy, etc.). The network will be more legible and easier to
manage. Such a solution is definitely less expensive than buliding and operating multiple smaller base stations. Additionaly, in comparison with
rigid coaxial feeder cables, optical fibre cables are more flexible, smaller in outer diameter, cheaper to buy and install.
Increasing the density of antenna arrangement enforces utilization of various architectural objects, not only antenna towers. That will make it
difficult to use thick coaxial cables. The solution is again optical fibre technology.
• Main advantages of FTTA solutions over traditional coaxial cable:
• lower price of optical fibre cable in comparison with expensive coaxial feeders
• lower energy consumption implying lower operating costs
• lower demand for signal amplification
• convenient installation
• less problems with electromagnetic compatibility
• environmental-proof
OPTOMER offer suitable products and solutions, necessary for modern FTTA networks. We may provide outdoor fibre optic cables terminated with
HeavyDuty connectors of high environmental protection (RDC, ODVA). There are also available cables terminated with E 2000, F-3000, SC or LC
connectors, equipped with PG cable glands to seal distribution box cable entries.
The choice of appropriate fibre optic cable termination is dependent on active devices (RRH). They may be equipped with HeavyDuty connectors
or support universal SFP plugs where LC connectors can be plugged in.
In order to conveniently manage optical fibres in FTTA technology, we offer branch boxes for branching multi-fibre cable from base station to
connect the fibres to the consecutive Radio Heads. The cable length and number of fibres are chosen each time for particular solutions.
As a supplement to the FTTA offer, the following standard optical fibre products are also applicable:
• - dostribution frames, street cabinets PU-5, PU-10, PU-20
• - 19” Patch Panels as the equipment for distribution frames
• - excess cable racks
• - high connector density cabinets - PSU-1, STP in special design dedicated for telecomm containers
Fibre optic equipment, employed in FTTA systems, is dependent on active devices used in each specific case. We offer full support and counselling
in the choice of appropriate FTTA equipment.
168
FTTA
NETWORKS
HERMETIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES
PSH-4 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME
OPTOCODE
Y1010
FEATURES:
• mounted on LTE, WiMAX radio antenna poles
• possibility of installation of hermetic Heavy Duty connectors
• IP66 rated housing
• compatible with SC or LC connectors
• possibility of sealing the cable entries
• possibility of installation of cable glands with the diameter range of 5 mm to 12 mm
• possibility of passing the SC and LC connectors through cable glands
EQUIPPED WITH:
• cable organisers
- PG 13.5 cable entry - cable diameter 8-12 mm
- triple PG 21 cable entry - cable diameter 5-8 mm
- wall mounting brackets with screws (optional, purchsed separately)
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSH-4
number of splice trays
-
max. number of splices
-
number of patching fields
connector standard
SC, LC
number of outdoor cable entries
max. diameter of input cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
Fibre optic outdoor distribution frame PSH-4
6 SC, E2000 or 6 LC duplex
1x PG 13.5, 2x PG 21
5-12
180/255/63
1
housing material/colour
PC/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK08
environmental protection IP
IP66
ORDERING:
PSH-4/6/LC - outdoor distribution frame, equipped with 6 LC connectors, designed for FTTA systems
TELECOM
MAN
WAN
169
FTTA
NETWORKS
OPTOCODE
XX
E1070
HERMETIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES
XX FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME
PSH-3
FEATURES:
• outdoor and/or indoor use
• for application in industrial environments and/or telecom manholes
• 12 fibre capacity from 2 cable entries
• adapted to FTTA installations
• IP65 rated environmental protection
• full front access to the splice tray
EQUIPPED WITH:
• splice tray KSQ, cable gland DP 16 H
• rubber cable gland, cable ties
• wall mounting brackets with screws (optional, purchased separately)
• installation and handling instructions
• installation kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
PSH-3/12
number of splice trays
1 x KSQ
maximum number of splices
adapter capacity
12
12
connector standard
E-2000, SC, FC, ST
recommended pigtail length [m], 0.9 mm buffered fibre
1,5
recommended pigtail length [m], 2 mm cable diameter
-
number of outdoor cable entries
2
maximum diameter of input cable [mm]
dimensions: width/height/depth [mm]
weight [kg]
14
140/230/90
0,7
housing material/colour
ABS or PC/RAL 7035
mechanical protection IK
IK07/IK08
environmental protection IP
IP65
Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box PSH-3
ORDERING:
PSH-3/12/E/SC - Outdoor Fibre Optic Distribution Box for 12 pigtails and 12 adapters E2000 or SC
TELECOM
MAN
WAN
170
FTTA
NETWORKS
FTTA SYSTEM PATCHCORDS
OPTOCODE
Y1020
FTTA SYSTEM PATCHCORDS
FEATURES:
• connectivity between base station and distribution box on RHH antenna pole
• signal transmission up to RRH
• possibility of installation of PG cable glands on connectorised cable
• self-centering connector body with connection assist keying
• compliant with EN 50516-2-1 standard
Heavy Duty 200-400
• durable construction
• environmentally sealed optical fibre connection system
• hermetically sealed connection
• connectors for cables of 2 up to 12 fibres
• IP67 protection
• applicable in distribution boxes and RRH Radio Heads
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
HeavyDuty 1000
Heavy Duty 1000
12 x 2.5 mm,
MM, SM PC or
ceramic APC
ferrule
electric
connectors
Heavy Duty 600
6 x 2.5 mm,
MM, SM PC or
ceramic APC
2x1,5 mm
fibre type
Heavy Duty 600
Heavy Duty
SC-RJ
HeavyDuty RDC
ODVA
2 x F-3000
connectors or 2
x LC connectors
with 1.25 mm
MM, SM PC
or hybrid APC
ferrule
2 or 4 x 2.5 mm,
MM, SM PC or
ceramic APC
2 x 2.5 mm,
MM, SM PC or
ceramic APC
12 x 1.25 mm
ceramic
-
-
-
9/125, 50/125, 62.5/125, 200/230 – 1 mm
housing
material
nickeled brass
cable
instertion loss
[dB]
Heavy Duty SC-RJ
Heavy Duty
200-400
plastic
nickeled brass
plastic
hybrid breakout
or loose tube
- 6-16 mm
simplex 1.7-2.2
mm
hybrid breakout
or loose tube
- 6-16 mm
simplex 1.7-2.2
mm
ø6-10 mm
ø5-8 mm
mini breakout
4-7 mm,
patchcords 1.7
or 2.1 mm
patchcords 1.7
or 2.1 mm
0.3/max. 0.6
0.2/max. 0.4
0.25/max. 0.6
0.25/max. 0.5
0,25
0.2/max. 0.5
return loss [dB]
>40 for PC SM
>55 for APC SM
>40 for PC SM
>40 for PC SM
>50 for SM
>40 for PC MM
>50 for PC SM
>70 for SM APC
temperature of
operation [oC]
-40 to +60
-40 to +125
-40 to +75
-40 to +125
-40 to +85
ORDERING:
ODVA - hermetic connector on 2-fibre cable, equipped with 2 LC connectors
RDC - hermetic connector RDC on 2-fibre cable with a socket terminated by LC connectors
TELECOM
HeavyDuty RDC
ODVA
9/125
MAN
WAN
171
FTTA
NETWORKS
FTTA CABLES
OPTOCODE
M1090
UNC1630, UNC1634 CABLE
FEATURES:
• outdoor cable
• reinforced construction
• 1 or 2 optical fibres in NUC1630 cable
• 1 up to 12 fibres in UNC 1634 cable
• UV stabilised
• fibres in 900 μm loose tube
• easily strippable 1m/min
• longitudinal glass fibre strength members
• used for connecting RRH with a distribution box/cabinet
• used for connecting base station with distribution box/cabnet near RRH
• available in single and multi -mode versions
• customer drop cable with LSOH sheath under the outer sheath of NC1629 cable
UNC1630 CABLE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
UNC1630
1 x N7842A
fibre
transportation and storage
temperature
range [°C]:
UNC1634
2 x N7843A
fibre
1 up to 12 x N7841A fibre
-40 to +70
installation
-5 to +50
operation
-40 to +70
maximum pulling force [N]
800
crush resistance [N/cm]
200
nominal bending radius [mm]
standard packaging
60
drums of 2100 or 4200 m
drums of 2, 4, 6 or 8 km
nominal diameter [mm]
6,0
6,0
nominalna weight (kg/km)
31
31,5
ORDERING:
NP-UNC1630 N7843A – optical 2-fibre cable, applicable in FTTA system
TELECOM
MAN
WAN
UNC1634 CABLE
9
Nowadays, optical fibres as the transmission medium are widely used in telecom and data transmission
applications. A vast amount of fibres in modern networks mean the need for reliable and efficient tools for
optical cable and fibre preparation, fibre splicing, connector cleaning etc. Regardless of the experience and
knowledge of the installers, the right tools and accessories are required to perform the fibre optic cable
installation correctly.
Appropriate tools help the installers to work safely and efficiently. This saves time and money and allows to
build a reliable fibre optic network. Regardless of the size of the network the use of proper tools for installation
and maintenance is a worthwhile investment.
With many years of experience in the field of fibre optics, OPTOMER offers support in selection of the tools that
best meet the customer needs. This section presents fusion splicers, video microscopes as well as tools and
accessories necessary for fibre cables preparation, installation and maintenance.
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
ZEUS SPLICING KIT .................................................................................174
DCU FIBRE OPTIC CUTTER ......................................................................175
FITEL S FUSION SPLICERS ......................................................................176
FSM-60S SINGLE FIBRE ARC FUSION SPLICER ........................................177
MI-DIAMOND FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE........178
OFS-300 FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ..............178
FIS FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE .......................178
VIM - DIAMOND VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ..................................179
CI-1100, DI-1000 - VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPES ...........................179
HUX FERRULE CLEANER..........................................................................180
SMART CLEANER FERRULE CLEANER .....................................................180
CZZO, TCZ, PSP, ISP, CHBP - CLEANING TOOLS ........................................180
WZKCZD FIELD CONNECTOR CLEANNESS CONTROL SUITCASE KIT .........181
WMOKS FIBRE OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION KIT ......................................181
KNIVES AND STRIPPERS FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CABLES .............................182
MK III A CABLE TIE TENSIONING GUN.......................................................182
OZRWL CABLE MARKER ROLL DISPENSER ..............................................183
OZNL CABLE MARKERS ON STICK DISPENSER ........................................183
FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR CABLE TAGS.......................................................183
174
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
ZEUS SPLICING KIT
FIBRE OPTIC SPLICERS
OPTOCODE
P1010
FEATURES:
• fast assebly of high quality fibre optic connections (splices and connectors)
• splicing and ferrule termination
• designed for field operation
• battery capacity for 200 splices on one charging
• preprogrammed parameter for both MM & SM fibers
• low attenuation and reflection losses of assembled connectors
• ferrule available in PC and APC versions
• connectorterminating cables of diameter 1.6 to 3.1 mm and on 900 um fibre or 250 µm primary coating
• precision „V-groove” alignment
• presplice fiber cleaning function
• adjustable arc power
• integrated fiber retention check
EQUIPPED WITH:
• ”crocodile alberino” field fusion ferrule assembly
• holder for Alberino Crocodile 1.25mm and for 900µm tight buffered fibre
• fiber holder 250 µm, fiber holder 900µm tight buffered or loose tube and holders for cables of 1.6 - 3.0 mm diameter
• assembling tool E2000™, SC, ST™, FC
ZEUS splicer - kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
power supply
AC/DC adapter: input: 90-240 V, 1.2 A, 50/60 Hz, output: 16V
Battery: -12V NiMH 1800 mAH
dimensions and
weight
splicer with batteries: 140 mm / 200 mm /100 mm, 2 kg
complete kit with with travel case: 680 mm / 510 mm /
355 mm
ORDERING:
SSD ZEUS - connector field assembly kit
TELECOM
Durable travel case
ACCESS
Industry
175
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
FIBRE OPTIC SPLICERS
OPTOCODE
P1020
DCU FIBRE OPTIC CUTTER
FEATURES:
• onetouch system for ease and simplicity
• typical cutting angle precision: < 0.5°
• adjustable cutting length from 4 to 23 mm in 0.01 mm steps
• cleave length precision +/- 0.05 mm
• multiple position diamond blade
• field replaceable blade
• adjustable blade height
EQUIPPED WITH::
• DCU cleaver
• Miller fiber stripper
• 250 µm fiber holder
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
fibre types
single SM or MM fibre of 125 µm nominal diameter
cutting angle
0°
blade
6 position diamond blade
55 mm / 65 mm / 100 mm
(270 mm / 230 mm / 80 mm in travel case)
dimensions
weight
0,57 kg (1,1 kg in travel case)
Available fiber and cable holders:
• 250, 600 and 900 µm tight buffered fiber
• 900 µm loose tube fiber
• 1.8-3.0 mm cable
ORDERING:
DCU - ZEUS cleaver unit
TELECOM
ACCESS
Industry
DCU cleaver unit for optical fibres
176
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
FIBRE OPTIC SPLICERS
OPTOCODE
P1030
FITEL S FUSION SPLICERS
FEATURES:
• built-in FTTH fibres (G.657A/B2) splicing programmes
• standard universal holders enable splicing fibres in loose isolation
• direct connector to fibre splicing
• min. 200 splices on one battery charging
• fast splice protector heating (<25 s)
• performs under tought environment conditions (IP52)
• optional tripod with worktable
• fast and convinient splicing
• FITEL S178 features precise, active core alignment
• FITEL S153 actively aligns clads, a compromise between core and fixed vgrove alignments
• FITEL S123 aligns with use of fixed v-groves, implying less movable parts which results in high durability
EQUIPPED WITH:
• splicer
• one step handheld high precision cleaver
• AC cable cord and adapter
• carrying case
• 2 internal batteries
FITEL S158 splicer
• battery charger
• electrode sharpener
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
S178
S153
S123
alignment type
active core alignment
active V-groove
(clad alignment)
fixed V-groove
(clad alignment)
alignment description
core discovery and
alignment (regardless
of centricity of cores in
claddings )
cladding discovery and
core alignment (assuming
centricity of cores in
claddings)
‚fixed V-grove’ system of
‚crosshair’-like immobile
V-groves allowing for
cladding alignment
0,02
0,04
0,05
7
9
13
up to 200
up to 200
up to 70
average splice loss [dB]
splice time [s]
max. number of splices on one battery pack
splice protection heating
YES
YES
YES
compatible with splice-on-connector (SOC)
YES
YES
YES
exchangeable fiber holders
YES
YES
YES
universal holder
YES
YES
YES
ORDERING:
FITEL S178 - Fitel active core alignment splicer
FITEL S153 splicer
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
Industry
177
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
P1040
FIBRE OPTIC SPLICERS
FSM-60S SINGLE FIBRE ARC FUSION SPLICER
FEATURES:
• high durable designed for tough environments
• auto-fibre identification
• real-time arc auto-calibration
• core alignment system (PAS)
• splice loss estimation
• mechanical proof test
• auto-smart tube heater
• 300x times magnification
• storage of splice result (2000 last splices)
• splice image capture facility
• automatic splicing after closing
• adjustable LCD position with buttons on both sides of the device enable convinient bi-directional operation
• 100 splicing programmes for pre-set modes and user programmable modes
EQUIPPED WITH::
• Arc Fusion Splicer
• AC Power Cord
• Carrying Case
• AC Adaptor/Battery Charger
• Spare Electrodes
• J-Plate
FSM-60S Splicer
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
power supply
automatic selection of power supply, AC: 100 - 240 V, DC: 10 - 15 V (ADC-11 module)
or 13.5 V (BTR battery module)
dimensions
and weight
136 mm / 161 mm / 143 mm, 2.3 kg with ADC-13 universal power supply module,
2.7 kg with BTR-08 battery module
ORDERING:
FSM-60S - Single Fibre Arc Fusion Splicer FUJIKURA
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
Industry
Carrying case
178
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
ND FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
INSPECTION MICROSCOPES
OPTOCODE
P1050
FEATURES:
• compact, light-weight microscope
• convenient for inspecting ferrule and fibre endfaces in the field or in the laboratory
• very good optical parameters guarantee clear view of ferrule’s endface
• battery powered lamp for the integral illumination system
• foldback rubber eyecup for spectacle wearers
• eliminates all reflections given by incident lights into the eye piece
• includes a built-in infrared filter protecting human eye against laser light
• features interchangeable holders to accommodate ferrules of different diameters
• different adapters dedicated for every connector standard (AD/E2000, AD/SC, AD/FC, AD/ST)
• built-in adapter for 2.5 mm ferrule
• control adapter for opening E-2000 connectors available as auxiliary equipment
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
MI-DIAMOND FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
magnification
dimensions
ferrule diameter
power supply
300x
300 mm / 75 mm / 40 mm
2,5 mm
2 x LR 14 1.5 V battery
ORDERING:
MI-DIAMOND - fibre optic connector inspection microscope with universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferrules
OFS-300 FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
OPTOCODE
P1060
FEATURES:
• universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferrules
• one set of batteries ensures 60 h of uninterrupted operation
• dedicated holder and user manual included
• OFS-300 are available in two versions, 200x or 400x magnification
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
OFS-300-200C
200
magnification
protective filter
operating temperature [°C]
storing temperature [°C]
power supply
weight [kg]
dimensions
OFS-300-400C
400
Scott KG3
0 ~ +50
-20 ~ +50
2xAA alkaline batteries
0.67
130 mm / 50 mm / 200 mm
ORDERING:
OFS-300 FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
OFS-300-400C -inspection microscope, 400x times magnification
FIS FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
OPTOCODE
P1070
FEATURES:
• light and ergonomic body
• white LED provides coaxial illumination
• two 3 V lithium batteries ensure 50 h of continuous operation
• 200x or 400x magnification
• includes universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferrules (other adapter types are available separately)
• very convinient (soft grip and high reliablility)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
magnification
magnification
ferrule diameter
FIS FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
200x or 400x
2 x LR 14 1.5 V battery
2,5 mm
ORDERING:
FIS-400 - FIS microscope with 400x times magnification
TELECOM
ACCESS
Industry
179
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
VIDEOINSPECTION MICROSCOPES
OPTOCODE
P1080
VIM - DIAMOND VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPE
FEATURES:
• can be used as a laboratory microscope or a portable field inspection tool
• integrated end-face illumination
• enables inspection of both, unmated connectors as well as in-adapter connectors
• vast variety of adapters for 2.5 mm or 1.25 mm (PC and APC) ferrules
• 200x and 400x magnification versions
• ”one hand” operation
• inspection probe can be used with a 3.5” colour display unit with a magnetic holder
• powered by a rechargeable battery, or directly connected to a PC via USB 2.0 cable without the need of an external
power supply
CONFIGURATIONS:
• inspection kit with set of connector cleaning tools and travel case
• inspection kit in soft case
EQUIPPED WITH:
• color display unit with magnetic stand and wrist band fixation
• rechargeable battery pack with magnetic stand and battery clip (belt style)
• video inspection probe
• USB 2.0 cable and image capturing software
• advisable additional equipment: Visual Fault Locator (VFL)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Video inspection microscope VIM-DIAMOND
power grid supply
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
battery power supply
DC 9 V NiMH battery, 93/75/40 mm, 0,5 kg
screen
3.5” TFT active matrix color display unit
inspection probe
length: 170 mm, diameter: 38 mm, 0.4 kg
dimensions and weight
complete kit with travel case 540/420/210 mm, 6 kg
ORDERING:
VIM-DIAMOND - Diamond video inspection microscope (kit with LCD + set of adapters)
OPTOCODE
P1090
CI-1100, DI-1000 - VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPES
FEATURES:
• handy inspector of fibre optic adapters and ports
• safe inspection of active connectors
• detectable resolution to 0.5 μm (corresponds to 400x magnification)
KONFIGURACJE:
• CI-1100 - complete fibre optic field inpector; probe with LCD screen and battery allows for comfortable field operation
under any environmental condition
• DI-1000 - USB probe for PC, laptop or OTDR
CI-1100 - video inspection microscope
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
CI-1100
DI-1000
power supply
built-in 9.6 V battery or power grid supply
USB port
field of view
425 μm x 320 μm (standard)
425 μm x 320 μm (standard)
640 μm x 480 μm (lower magnification)
400 μm x 300 μm
resolution
0,5 μm
light source
blue LED
dimensions
probe: diameter 35 mm, length 175 mm
monitor: 3.5” TFT-LCD 105/90/45 mm (closed)
diameter: 35 mm
length: 175 mm
weight
probe: 200 g, monitor: 255 g (without battery)
200 g
ORDERING:
CI-1100 - video inspection microscope with LCD screen
TELECOM
ACCESS
FTTx
Industry
DI-1000 - video inspection microscope
180
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
HUX FERRULE CLEANER
CONNECTOR CLEANING TOOLS
OPTOCODE
P1100
FEATURES:
• cleans ferrule endfaces when inside adaptors
• designed to clean ferrule tips without the need to remove the connector from the adaptor
• removes all dirt/contamination from ferrule’s endface in area of fibre
• no need to open the enclosure
• approx. 500 cleans from one Hux Cleaner
• two tip sizes available for ferrules of diameter 2.5 mm or 1.25 mm
HUX ferrule cleaner
ORDERING:
HUX 1.25 - HUX 1.25 mm ferrule cleaner
SMART CLEANER FERRULE CLEANER
OPTOCODE
P1110
FEATURES:
• cleans ferrule endfaces when inside adaptors
• designed to clean ferrule tips without the need to remove the connector from the adaptor
• removes all dirt/contamination from ferrule’s endface in area of fibre
• no need to open the enclosure
• vast variety of cleaners allows for cleaning all of the most popular connector types
SC-FCT-ST
ORDERING:
SMART CLEANER - 2.5 mm ferrule cleaner
LC-MU
CZZO, TCZ, PSP, ISP, CHBP - CLEANING TOOLS
CZZO
TCZ
OPTOCODE
P1120
CZZO
• fibre optic connector cleaner
• necessary equipment for every maintanance operator
• intended for cleaning connector ferrule endfaces with TCZ tape
PSP-400
• 400 ml of canned, high purity compressed air
• removes particles from normally inaccessible areas
ISP-200
• 200 ml of canned isopropyl alcohol for cleaning fibres, connectors and fibre optic accesories
PDCF
• ferrule endface cleaning brush
SDCA
• adapter mating sleeve cleaning brush
CHBP
CHBP
• lint free wipes
• provide superior cleaning of fibre optic connector ferrules without risk of scratching
• made of pure cellulose, do not leave paper fragments on cleaned surfaces
ORDERING:
ISP-200
CZZO - Fibre optic connector cleaner
TELECOM
ACCESS
Industry
181
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
SUITCASE SETS
OPTOCODE
P1130
WZKCZD FIELD CONNECTOR CLEANNESS CONTROL SUITCASE KIT
FEATURES:
• set of necessary tools for control and cleaning optical fibre connectors in optical networks
• essential accessories used by fibre optic networks servicing teams
EQUIPPED WITH::
• Diamond fibre optic connector inspection microscope
• fibre optic connector cleaner CZZO
• canned, compressed air
• canned isopropyl alcohol
• lint free wipes
• ferrule endface cleaning brush
• adapter mating sleeve cleaning brush
• case
Specifications subject to change wihout notice. Modifications shall not affect the functionality.
ORDERING:
WZKCZD - travel case kit for maintanance and cleanness control of fibre optic connectors with Diamond’s microscope
OPTOCODE
P1140
Field connector cleannsess control suitcase kit
WMOKS FIBRE OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION KIT
FEATURES:
• set of necessary tools for control and cleaning optical fibre connectors in optical networks
• essential accessories used by fibre optic networks servicing teams
EQUIPPED WITH::
• outdoor cable jacket removing knife AM-1
• outdoor cable jacket removing knife AM-2
• loose tube coax stripper IDEAL 45-163
• loose tube coax stripper IDEAL 45-164
• loose tube stripper with adjustable blades JOKARI PWS-003
• buffer tube (0.9 mm) stripper CK-0.5
• primary coating stripper (250 µm) Miller fo 103-s
• primary coating stripper (250 µm) and outer sheath stripper CFS-2
• fibre primary coating solvent (chemical stripper)
• indoor cable jacket stripper
• side cutting nippers
• kevlar cutters Fiskars 9874
• cleaning tool for ferrul front face CZZO
• canned air
• canned ispropyl alcohol
• universal scissors
• lint free cleaning wipes for fibre optic connectors cleaning
• heat gun steinel HG 3000 SLE
• reflecting nozzle for heat gun
• self adhesive insulating tape
• measure tape 5 m
• knife
• cable tie tensioning gun
• alcohol dispenser for tissue moistening
• case
Specifications subject to change wihout notice. Modifications shall not affect the functionality.
ORDERING:
WMOKS - fibre optic cable installation suitcase kit
TELECOM
ACCESS
Industry
Fibre optic cable installation suitcase kit
182
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES FOR FIBRE OPTICS
KNIVES AND STRIPPERS FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CABLES
PWS-003
OPTOCODE
P1140
FISKARS 9874 CUTTERS
• for cutting kevlar yarn
NDK UNIVERSAL CUTTERS
• for cutting fibre optic cables and strength members
FLAT KNIFE WITH CHANGEABLE BLADES
• standard equipment in WMOKS suitcase
SIDE CUTTING NIPPERS
CK-0,5
• standard equipment in WMOKS suitcase
45-163 STRIPPER (SMALL)
• designed to blaze and strip indoor cable external sheath and outdoor cable loose tubes with up to 6,4 mm diameter
45-164 STRIPPER (LARGE)
• designed to blaze and strip indoor or outdoor multifibre cable external sheath with 6,4 to 14.3 mm diameter range
FISKARS 9874
• each knife has a spare replacement blade
MES-202 INDOOR CABLE JACKET STRIPPER
• enables safe stripping of indoor cable external sheath and outdoor cable loose tubes with 1 mm to 4 mm diameter
range
CFS-2 STRIPPER
45-163
• designed to strip and remove outer cable jacket and 250 µm primary fibre coating
PWS-003 STRIPPER
• designed to strip and remove 250 µm primary fibre coating and 900 µm fibre buffer
AM-1
• adjustable blade diameter 0.3 -1 mm
CK-0.5 STRIPPER
• designed for precise stripping and removing 900 µm fibre buffer
FO 103-S STRIPPER
• designed to strip and remove 250 µm primary fibre coating
MES-202
AM-1 KNIFE (OUTDOOR CABLE JACKET REMOVING)
• equipped with adjustable blade the knife is suitable for stripping jackets of cables with outside diameter range of 8 mm
to 28 mm
• the blade automatically turns to the direction in which the tool is moved
• each knife has a spare replacement blade
AM-2
AM-2 KNIFE (OUTDOOR CABLE JACKET REMOVING)
• high quality knife enables safe jacket removal by axial cut without threat to fibres
Side cutting
nippers
ORDERING:
Miller FO 103-S - primary coating stripper (250 µm)
Flat knife
MK III A CABLE TIE TENSIONING GUN
OPTOCODE
P1150
FEATURES:
• provides safe quick and easy cable ties tensioning
• MK III A type
ORDERING:
MK III A - cable tie tensioning gun
MK III A cable tie tensioning gun
TELECOM
ACCESS
Industry
183
TOOLS AND
ACCESSORIES
CABLE MARKERS
OPTOCODE
P1170
OZRWL CABLE MARKER ROLL DISPENSER
FEATURES:
• used for tagging single fibres
• 10 rolls with 0-9 digits
• dispenser with tape cutting blades
• 670 digits in one roll
OZRWL CABLE MARKER ROLL DISPENSER
ORDERING:
OZRWL - (0 - 9) symbol dispenser, (200 pcs. of each symbol)
OZRWL supply - supplementary marker roll, (200 pcs. of each symbol)
OPTOCODE
P1180
OZNL CABLE MARKERS ON STICK DISPENSER
FEATURES:
• the markers slide directly onto the cable jacket and fit in position thanks to its resilience
• one stick holds 30 markers with the same digits or letters
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• digit markers (0 - 9) on a rod, for tight buffered cables
• The available diameter ranges are as follows:
- 1.1 mm to 1.4 mm
- 1.4 mm to 1.9 mm
- 1.9 mm to 2.6 mm
- 2.6 mm to 3.2 mm
ORDERING:
OZNL (1.1 - 1.4) 4 - digit markers (digit 4) on a (1.1 - 1.4) diameter stick
OPTOCODE
P1190
OZNL CABLE MARKERS ON STICK DISPENSER
FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR CABLE TAGS
OZ-1 cable tag
• dimensions: 250x80 mm
• fixing to the cable with two cable ties
• marked with signs „WARNING LASER RADIATION” and „FIBRE OPTIC CABLE”
• custom information field for unerasable ink
OZ-2 cable tag
• dimensions: 200x50 mm
• fixing to the cable with two cable ties
• marked with signs „WARNING LASER RADIATION” and „FIBRE OPTIC CABLE”
• custom information field (network relation, cable type, owner, contractor, year) for unerasable ink
OZ-1 cable tag
OZ-3 cable tag
• dimensions: 120x30 mm
• fixing to the cable with two cable ties
• marked with signs „WARNING LASER RADIATION” and „FIBRE OPTIC CABLE”
• custom information field (cable number) for unerasable ink
OZ-2 cable tag
ORDERING:
OZ-1 – line cable tag
TELECOM
Industry
OZ-3 cable tag
10
Shortening the subscriber loop, associated with broad-band services provided to the end users in Fibre To
The Home (FTTH) networks is the fact. Increasingly the entities involved in telecommunication and data
transmission have to become familiar with fibre optic technology. Companies intending to operate effectively
in the fibre optic market, need to have proper knowledge on optical fibre handling and possess the necessary
equipment and tools including fibre optic measuring devices.
Regardless of whether we want to check attenuation of the cable section, locate the fault in the fibre optic
route or perform the hand-over report, the specialized measuring instruments are necessary.
Optomer offer includes measuring equipment dedicated for outdoor applications as well as devices for quality
control, scientific and laboratory applications. OPTOMER with years of experience in the use and distribution
of modern measuring devices is a reliable partner ensuring customer training courses and after-sales support.
This chapter presents only a part of a very wide range of Optomer offer covering the fibre optic measuring
equipment.
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTSI
MEASURING EQUIPMENT
YOKOGAWA AQ7275 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .....................................186
YOKOGAWA AQ1200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .....................................187
NOYES OFL280 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .............................................188
NOYES M200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER ................................................189
NOYES TURBOSET 500 INSERTION AND REFLECTION LOSS METER .........190
OLTS5 INSERTION LOSS METER ..............................................................190
CSM SERIES POWER METER ...................................................................191
OPM SERIES POWER METER ...................................................................191
CSS1 LIGHT SOURCE ..............................................................................192
OLS LIGHT SOURCE ................................................................................192
OFI OPTICAL FIBRE IDENTIFICATOR .........................................................193
VOA6-SM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ...........................................................194
VOA5-MM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ..........................................................194
SVA1 TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ..................................................................194
FTS OPTICAL PHONE ...............................................................................195
SOC, UCI ADAPTERS................................................................................195
186
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
REFLECTOMETERS
OPTOCODE
S1010
YOKOGAWA AQ7275 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER
FEATURES:
• 0.8 m dead zone
• up to 45 dB dynamics
• wide range of modules
• measuring wavelength range from 850 nm (for MM fibres), up to 1650 nm (for SM fibres), depending on used module
• ideal for FTTH, metropolitan and backbone networks
• new software tailored to passive optical networks (PON) allows analysis of events beyond 1x32 splitter
• allows measuring active lines (either with 1625 nm or 1650 nm wavelength)
• built in dead zone fibre
• built in USB ports
• available connection with computer or printer
• ability to expand available memory
• ability to connect video microscope probe
• optional function of visual fault locator
• ready to work after about 10 seceonds from turning on
• big, clear, coulour display (8.4” LCD)
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter at the interferometer output port and changeable universal adapter for 2.5 mm
ferrule at the output of red light source
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
AQ7275 Reflectometer
applicable fibre
SMF
MMF
model
długości fali [nm]
735031
1650
30 dB
735032
1310/1550
34/32 dB
735033
1310/1550
40/38 dB
735034
1310/1550
43/41 dB
45/43 (typically)
735035
1310/1490/1550
34/30/32 dB
735036
1310/1550/1625
40/38/33 dB
735037
1310/1550/1650
40/38/30 dB
735038
1310/1550/1625
40/38/36 dB
850/1300
1310/1550
22,5/24 dB (62,5 μm core)
21/22,5 dB (50 μm core)
40/38 dB (SM)
735041
dynamika
*Available wide range of optional modules, such as visual fault detector or power meter.
ORDERING:
AQ7275/735031/SCC - AQ7275 Optical Reflectometer, operation wavelength 1650 nm, SC/PC adapter
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
187
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
REFLECTOMETERS
OPTOCODE
S1020
YOKOGAWA AQ1200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER
FEATURES:
• FEATURES:
• new model of Yokogawa reflectometer
• smaller and lighter alternative for popular AQ7275
• ideal for measuring broad metropolitan and FTTH/PON networks
• measures also through splitters and splitter cascades
• 0.8 m dead zone
• dynamics up to 32 dB
• over 70 km real measurement range
• built in USB ports
• available connection with computer or printer
• ability to expand available memory
• ability to connect video microscope probe
• single device may serve as:
-
optical reflectometer
-
light source
-
power meter (optional PON power meter)
-
OLTS- automatic bidirectional transmissive measurments
-
VFL- visual fault locator (red light source)
-
ETHERNET connection and PING tests
-
video microscope
• handy and convenient handheld device
• small size and mass (1 kg)
• clear, colour display
AQ1200 Reflectometer
• ability to perform OLTS measurments in cooperation with another AQ1200 unit
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter at the output port and changeable universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferule, at the
output of the red light source
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
wavelength [nm]
PM
PPM
FILTER
AQ1200C
model
1650
o
o
√
AQ1200B
1625
o
o
√
AQ1200A
1310/1550
o
o
-
o - optional
PM - 1310/1490/1550/1625/1625 nm Power Meter
PPM - G-PON Power Meter
FILTER -for measuring active line using 1625/1650 nm wavelengths
ORDERING:
AQ1200A/PM - AQ1200 Optical Reflectometer, operating at 1300 nm and 1500 nm, with optional power meter
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
188
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
REFLECTOMETERS
OPTOCODE
S1030
NOYES OFL280 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER
FEATURES:
• 0.8 m event dead zone
• 34 dB dynamics
• attenuation dead zone 3.5 m
• enables measurment before 1x64 splitter
• measures active lines
• single device may serve as:
-
optical reflectometer (1310/1550/1625/1490 nm)
-
attenuation tester (light source and power meter may work in „wave-ID” automatic wave identification mode
-
visual fault locator
-
optionally measures active lines beyond the band, using 1625 nm wavelength
-
PON power meter
• port protection against damage due to active line measurment
• improved user interface, allows accurate description of the task
• functional, analitical software makes complete report generation much easier
• easy and intuitive operating
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter at the output port and changeable universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferule, at the
output of the red light source
OFL280 Optical Reflectometer
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
wavelength [nm]
PM
PPM
FILTER
OFL280-100
model
1310/1550
√
-
-
OFL280-101
1310/1550/1625
√
-
-
OFL280-102
1310/1490/1550
√
-
-
OFL280-103
1310/1550/1625
√
√
√
PM - 1310/1490/1550/1625 nm Power Meter
PPM - G-PON Power Meter
FILTER - for active line measurement at 1625 nm wavelength
ORDERING:
OFL280-101 - OFL280 Reflectometer, operating at 1310 nm, 1550 nm and 1625 nm wavelengths, with power meter
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
189
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
REFLECTOMETERS
OPTOCODE
S1040
NOYES M200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER
FEATURES:
• intuitive operating (modern Touch and Test (R) interface)
• wide functionality
• light and solid construction
• 26 dB dynsmics for singlemode fibres and 22 dB dynamics for multimode fibres
• suitable for performing measurements, documentation and maintaince of LAN/WAN and metropolitan networks
• up to 50 km measurement range
• can be additionally equiped with DFS1 videomicroscope probe, for inspection of connectors and adapters
• colour display with antireflective coating
• available in SM, MM and Quad (SM/MM) versions
• event Pass/Fail threshold
• co-operation with TRM(R) software
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter at the output port and changeable universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferule, at the
output of the red light source
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
model
wavelength [nm]
dynamics
M200-SM
1310/1550
26 dB
M200-MM
850/1300
1310/1550
22 dB
26 dB
M200-QUAD
850/1300
22 dB
M200 Optical Reflectometer
ORDERING:
M200-SM - M200 Reflectometer, operating at 1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths, dedicated for single mode fibres
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
DFS1 Inspection Probe for Noyes reflectometers
190
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
POWER
METERS
OPTOCODE
S1050
NOYES TURBOSET 500 INSERTION AND REFLECTION LOSS METER
FEATURES:
• handheld tester enabling 3 measurements:
-
insertion loss
-
return loss
-
optical power
• 2 meters set ensures:
-
automatic insertion loss measurement of optical track at 1310/1550/1625 nm in both transmission directions
-
automatic return loss measurement of optical track including the return loss of the terminal connector, at
1310/1550/1625 nm in both transmission directions;
-
automatic measurement possible for tracks longer than 60 km (negligable Fresnel reflection at the end
of the track)
-
remote transmission of reference measurement levels and measured data between devices
-
connection (full duplex) via built in optical phone with 45 dB dynamics
• WinTest PC software enables report creation
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter at the source port and changeable universal adapter for 2.5 mm ferule, at the
power meter port
Noyes TurboTest 500 Meter
ORDERING:
T500B - Noyes TurboTest 500 Automatic Insertion and Return Loss Meter
OPTOCODE
S1060
OLTS5 INSERTION LOSS METER
FEATURES:
• singlemode fibre insertion loss measurment on 2 wavelengths (1310/1550 or 1550/1625 nm)
• Pass/Fail thresholds, according to ISO/TIA/EN standards
• easy and intuitive Touch and Test(TM) interface
• TRMTM reporting software
• bidirectional measurment may be performed manually or automatically
• FC/PC adapters included
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
wavelength [nm]
model
1310
OLTS5-3
1550
+
1625
+
OLTS5-5
+
OLTS5-6
+
+
+
measurement
range [dBm]
units of measure
+ 10 to -70
dB, dBm, W
+10 to -70
dB, dBm, W
+16 do -60
dB, dBm, W
ORDERING:
OLTS5-3 - OLTS5 Insertion Loss Meter, operating at 1310 and 1550 nm, with measurement range from 10 dB to 70 dB
OLTS5 Meter
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
191
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
POWER
METERS
OPTOCODE
S1070
CSM SERIES POWER METER
FEATURES:
• easy and reliable measurement equipment
• ability to set reference power level
• modulation recogniction (tone detection)
• clear display with backlight
• compact, durable case
• ideal for installers
• includes changeable universal 2.5 mm ferrule adapter
CSM Power Meter
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
calibrated wavelengths [nm]
model
CSM1-1
CSM1-2
CSM1-3
CSM1-4
660
780
850
+
+
+
+
+
+
980
1300
1310
+
+
1490
+
+
+
+
1550
+
+
+
+
+
1625
measurement
range [dBm]
units of
measure
+
+
+6 to -70
+6 to -60
+6 to -70
+26 to -50
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
OPTOCODE
S1070
tone
detection
+
+
+
+
"Wave ID"
detection
functions
reference
power setting
+
+
+
+
save/copy
function
OPM SERIES POWER METER
FEATURES:
• profesional equipment with full set of options
• automatic wave identification „Wave-ID”
• modulation recognision (tone detection)
• ability to set reference power level
• ability to store up to 1000 measurements in 10 folders (OPM5 series)
• ability to copy the measurements via USB (OPM5 series)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
OPM4 Power Meter
calibrated wavelengths [nm]
model
OPM4-1D
OPM4-2D
OPM4-3D
OPM4-4D
OPM5-2D
OPM5-3D
OPM5-4D
660
780
850
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
OPM4FTTx
PON
+
980
1300
1310
1490
1550
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
1625
+
+
+
+
measurement
range [dBm]
units of
measure
+6 to -70
+6 to -60
+10 to -75
+25 to -50
+6 to -60
+10 to -75
+26 to -50
+10 to -50
dla 1490
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
dB, dBm, W
tone
detection
„Wave ID”
detection
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
functions
reference
power
setting
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
save/copy
function
USB
USB
USB
dB, dBm, W
+20 to -50
dla 1550
ORDERING:
OPM4-2D - OPM4 Series Power Meter, calibrated for 850 nm, 1310 nm, 1490 nm, 1550 nm wavelengths, with 6 dBm to
60 dBm measurement range, Wave ID technology, no saving data function
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
OPM5 Power Meter
192
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
LIGHT SOURCES
OPTOCODE
S1080
CSS1 LIGHT SOURCE
FEATURES:
• easy and reliable device
• constant or modulated signal (270 Hz, 300 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz)
• all wavelengths available from one port
• clear display with backlight
• compact and durable case
• ideal for installers
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
CSS1 SM Light Source
emitted wavelengths [nm]
model
660
780
850
CSS1-MM
980
1300
+
1310
1490
1550
1625
+
CSS1-SM
+
+
functions
number
of
ports
output power
[dBm]
stability
-20
±0,1dB/
1 hour
+
1
0
±0,05dB/
1 hour
+
1
output power
[dBm]
stability
-10 for 660
-20 for 850
±0,1dB/
8 hour
2
-20
±0,1dB/
8 hour.
2
-20
±0,1dB/
8 hour
+
+
1
tone
generation
„Wave ID”
generation
OPTOCODE
S1080
OLS LIGHT SOURCE
FEATURES:
• advanced light source
• „Wave-ID” identification
• continuous or modulated signal
• clear display
• wide variety of models for different use
• includes changeable SC/PC adapter
OLS2-Dual Light Sourcel
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
emitted wavelengths [nm]
model
660
OLS1-1C
780
850
+
980
1300
1490
1550
1625
+
OLS1-2C
+
OLS1-Dual
+
+
+
„Wave ID”
generations
number
of ports
+
+
0
±0,05dB/
1 hour
+
+
1
+
+
-20 for 850
-20 for 1300
0 for 1310
0 for 1550
±0,1dB/
1 hour
+
+
2
OLS7-3
+
+
-5
±0,05dB/
1 hour
+
+
1
OLS7-FTTH
+
-5
±0,05dB/
1 hour
+
+
1
OLS2-Dual
OLS4 Light Source
1310
functions
tone
generation
OLS4
+
+
+
+
+
ORDERING:
OLS2-Dual - 1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths OLS series light source, both wavelengths via single port, with Wave ID
technology and tone generation
OLS7 Light Source
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
193
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
FIBRE IDENTIFIERS
OPTOCODE
S1090
OFI OPTICAL FIBRE IDENTIFICATOR
FEATURES:
• identifies the presence and transmission direction of optical signal in a fibre
• detectable through 250 µm, 900 µm coatings and 2 mm or 3 mm cable outer sheaths
• wavelength: 800/1700 nm
• tone detection: 270 Hz to 2000 Hz
• universal inset for all coating and cable jacket diameters
• OFI 200 D - signaling modulation and direction of transmission via diodes (visible under all conditions)
• OFI 400 - LCD display and ability to perform power measurement through cable sheath
• OFI FTTx - detects ONT presence in passive optical networks
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
model
OFI 200D
OFI 400
1260-1700
800- 1700
1310
0.6 dB (1310 nm)
2.5 dB (1550 nm)
0.6 dB (1310 nm)
2.5 dB (1550 nm)
<1 dB (1550 nm)
wavelength [nm]
introduced attenuation
(typical)
tone detection
2000±100 Hz
250 mm, 900 mm
2 or 3 mm loose sheaths.
sheath type
OFI FTTx
270 - 2000 Hz
250 mm, 900 mm
2 or 3 mm loose sheaths
OFI 200 D Fibre Identifier
ONT
2 mm, bending resistant
fibre (radius 15 mm)
powering
9 V battery
9 V battery
2x1,5 V AA
weight [g]
210
210
230
ORDERING:
OFI 400 - Optical Fibre Identifier with LCD display and power meter
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
OFI 400 Fibre Identifier
OFI FTTx Fibre Identifier
194
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
TUNABLE ATTENUATORS
OPTOCODE
S1110
VOA6-SM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR
FEATURES:
• used for bit error rate (BER) estimation and systems’ tollerance for optical link attenuation
• fast and easy tuning via thumb operated knob
• saves last attenuation setting after the device was turned off
• splash resistant, mechanically durable case
• used as laboratory attenuator, attenuation range 2 dB to 60 dB
• return loss over 45 dB for DFB laser
• wavelength range 1260 nm to 1650 nm
• calibrated wavelengths: 1310 nm, 1490 nm, 1550 nm, 1625 nm
• dedicated for single mode fibres
• changeable FC/PC adapters included
VOA6-SM Tunable Attenuator
ORDERING:
VOA6-SM - Tunable Attenuator for single mode fibres
OPTOCODE
S1120
VOA5-MM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR
FEATURES:
• used for bit error rate (BER) estiamation and systems’ tollerance for optical link attenuation
• fast attenuation tuning (from 0 dB to 60 dB in less than 3 seconds)
• handy and machanically durable construction
• saves last attenuation setting after the device was turned off
• used as laboratory attenuator, attenuation range 0 dB to 60 dB
• wavelength range 850 nm to 1300 nm
• calibrated wavelengths: 850 nm, 1300 nm
• dedicated for multimode fibres
• changeable FC/PC adapters included
VOA5-MM Tunable Attenuator
ORDERING:
VOA5-MM - Tunable Attenuator for multimode fibres
OPTOCODE
S1130
SVA1 TUNABLE ATTENUATOR
FEATURES:
• used for bit error rate (BER) estimation, systems’ tollerance for optical link attenuation and as a lab attenuator
• budget solution for single mode fibre attenuator
• attenuation up to 60 dB
• coarse and precise tuning
• light and durable
• ideal for field use
• changeable FC/PC adapters included
ORDERING:
SVA1 - Tunable Attenuator for singlemode fibres
SVA1 Tunable Attenuator
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
FTTx
PON
Industry
195
MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
ACCESSORIES
OPTOCODE
S1140
FTS OPTICAL PHONE
FEATURES:
• full duplex on single fibre
• digital modulation
• non invasive connection (does not require cutting the fibre)
• changeable SC/PC adapters included
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
FTS 1
FTS-2 1310
LED
laser
laser
dynamics (SM/MM)
12/20 dB
45 dB
45 dB
range (SM/MM)
50/10 km
113 km
180 km
SM/MM
SM
SM
source type
fibre type
operating temperature [°C]:
FTS-2 1550
0 do + 50
ORDERING:
FTS Optical Phone
FTS-2 1310 - Optical Phone with 113 km range, operating at 1310 nm wavelength
OPTOCODE
S1150
SOC, UCI ADAPTERS
FEATURES:
• enable customizing the meter interface to operate with all standards of optical connections
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Adapter SOC
Adapter UCI
symbol
description
1000
SOC Adapter E-2000
1020
SOC Adapter FC-PC
1030
SOC Adapter ST-PC
1062
SOC Adapter SC-PC
AE2-10
UCI-APC Adapter, E-2000
APC-108
UCI-APC Adapter, FC-PC and
APC (2,15 mm key)
APC-109
UCI-APC Adapter, FC-APC
(2 mm key)
ASC-108
UCI Adapter, SC-PC/APC
ATS-108
UCI Adapter, ST-PC
Other standards of adapters are also available
ORDERING:
AE2-10 - UCI (Universal Connector Interface) for E-2000 standard connector
SOC Adapters
TELECOM
xWDM
Industry
11
In addition to a wide range of passive products, OPTOMER offers the highest quality active equipment, dedicated
for fibre optic networks. Depending on the area of application,
​​
the active devices offered by Optomer can
be divided into four product groups: optical multiplexing devices, products dedicated for fiber to the office
networks, access platforms, active devices for industrial applications.
The convergence of LAN-WAN networks on the Metropolitan Area Network level requires the new, reliable,
high-throughput solutions. MICROSENS, the OPTOMER’s partner, has developed new solutions supporting
the migration in metropolitan networks. CWDM/DWDM systems allow the metropolitan network operators,
Internet providers and enterprises to increase the bandwidth quickly and economically. The Microsens
CWDM/DWDM systems have a modular construction. The integrated optical backplane, as the special feature,
protects mechanically the passive fiber optic components, improves the system performance and makes the
maintenance of the system easier and more convenient.
The indoor fibre optic networks combine the highest quality and safety with the lowest cost of installation
and maintenance. The Microsens Fiber To The Office concept, based on the family of equipment designed
for installation in cable ducts, has become a popular and widely used solution in corporate networks. With
the latest solutions the convergence of all telecommunication services in a fiber-optic network has already
become a reality.
ACTIVE
EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACTIVE EQUIPMENT
BRIDGES AND MEDIA CONVERTERS ........................................................198
OPTICAL TRANSPORT PLATFORMS CWDM/DWDM ..................................198
INDUSTRIAL CONVERTERS ......................................................................198
FTTO COMPONENTS ...............................................................................199
ACCESS PLATFORM ................................................................................199
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES .......................................................................200
198
ACTIVE
EQUIPMENT
MEDIA CONVERTERS
OPTOCODE
U1010
BRIDGES AND MEDIA CONVERTERS
FEATURES:
• conversion between electrical and optical medias
• economical migration into fibre optic technology
• available in stand-alone, multi-port or modular versions
• fast and easy installation
• significant improvment in transmission range
APPLICATION:
• media converters allow connection between networks of the same technology but utilizing different media: UTP
(Unshielded Twisted Pair) cable and the fibre
• bridges are constructed to control the speed of transmission for different types of Ethernet
Bridges and media converters
TELECOM
ACCESS
WAN
LAN
OPTICAL TRANSPORT PLATFORMS CWDM/DWDM
FTTx
Industry
OPTOCODE
U1020
FEATURES:
• low costs
• high channel densit
• flexible flow increment of fibre channel
• modular construction
• expandable
CWDM/DWDM transport platform
TELECOM
MAN
WAN
xWDM
INDUSTRIAL CONVERTERS
OPTOCODE
U1030
FEATURES:
• deployable in harsh environmental-industrial conditions,
• faultfree surveillance and industrial process steering
• possibility to mount the peripherals on the DIN 35 mm bus
• industrial converters Ethernet/Fast Ethernet, serial port converters, RS-232/v.24 multiplexers and power supply
adaptors are in offer
Industry
Industrial converters
199
ACTIVE
EQUIPMENT
ACCESS EQUIPMENT
OPTOCODE
U1040
FTTO COMPONENTS
FEATURES:
• tool-free set-up
• compact solution
• high speed data transmission
• complete system of swiches, converters and network cards
• convergence of all services into one fibre optic network
• high network security and reliability
APPLICATION:
• indoors coroprate networks
TELECOM
ACCESS
LAN
FTTx
FTTO components
OPTOCODE
U1050
ACCESS PLATFORM
FEATURES:
• variety of technologies and protocols
• elastic adaptation to changing requirements
• open modular system
• wide variety pf modules
• telecommunication and industrial interfaces conversion
• 19” or stand-alone casess
Access platform
APPLICATION:
• connection of corporate network with core metropolitan network
TELECOM
ACCESS
CATV
MAN
WAN
LAN
xWDM
Industry
200
ACTIVE
EQUIPMENT
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES
OPTOCODE
U1060
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES
FEATURES:
• wide variety of SFP and SFP+ modules
• dedicated for many solutions
• vast choice of standard and link budget
• various inferfaces
• attested solutions of well-known companies (Microsens, Finisar)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
module
transmission speed
range
SFP
SFP and SFP+ modules
FWLF15197Dxx
1.25 Gb/s
80 km
FWLF15217Dxx
2.67 Gb/s
50 km
FWLF1521P2Nxx
2.67 Gb/s
50 km
FWLF1524P2Vxx
4.25 Gb/s
40 km
FWLF1631xx
2.67 Gb/s
80 km
FWLF1631Rxx
2.67 Gb/s
160 km
FWLF1634RLxx
4.25 Gb/s
80 km
FTLF2318P1BCL
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF2318P1BNL
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
FWLF2519C1Cxx
1.25 Gb/s
50 km
FTLF1217P2xTL
200 Mb/s
2 km
FTLF1318P2xCL
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1318P2xTL
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1419P1xCL
2.125 Gb/s
55 km
FTLF1518P1BTL
1.25 Gb/s
90 km
FTLF1519P1xCL
2.125 Gb/s
90 km
FTLF1519P1xNL
2.125 Gb/s
90 km
FTLF1619P1xCL
2.125 Gb/s
115 km
4 km
FTLF1324P2xTL
4.25 Gb/s
FTLF1324P2xTV
4.25 Gb/s
4 km
FTLF1424P2xCR
4.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1424P2xCD
4.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1424P2xTR
4.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1424P2xTD
4.25 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1424P2xCL
4.25 Gb/s
30 km
FTLF1424P2xCV
4.25 Gb/s
30 km
FTLF1323P1xTR
155 Mb/s
15 km
FTLF1323P1xTL
155 Mb/s
40 km
FTLF1523P1xTL
155 Mb/s
80 km
FTLF1322P1xTR
622 Mb/s
15 km
FTLF1422P1xTL
622 Mb/s
40 km
FTLF1522P1xTL
622 Mb/s
80 km
FTLF1321P1xTL
2.67 Gb/s
2 km
FTLF1421P1xCL
2.67 Gb/s
15 km
FTLF1421P1xTL
2.67 Gb/s
15 km
FTLF1521P1xCL
2.67 Gb/s
15 km
FTLF1721P1xCL
2.67 Gb/s
40 km
FTLF1721P2xTL
2.67 Gb/s
40 km
FTLF1621P1xCL
2.67 Gb/s
80 km
FWDM-1619-7D-xx
1.25 Gb/s
100 km
FTLF1318P3BTL
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
FWLF1621P2Txx
2.67 Gb/s
50 km
201
ACTIVE
EQUIPMENT
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES
OPTOCODE
U1060
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
module
transmission speed
range
SFP
MS100210*
1.0625..1.25 Gb/s
10 km
MS100211
1.0625..1.25 Gb/s
25 km
MS100213*
1.0625..1.25 Gb/s
50 km
MS100214D
1.0625..1.25 Gb/s
80 km
MS100215*
1.0625..1.25 Gb/s
120 km
MS100190*
125 Mb/s
2 km
MS100191*
125 Mb/s
15 km
MS100221DA
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
MS100221DB
1.25 Gb/s
10 km
MS100223DA
1.25 Gb/s
20 km
MS100223DB
1.25 Gb/s
20 km
MS100224DA
1.25 Gb/s
40 km
MS100224DB
1.25 Gb/s
40 km
MS100228DA
1.25 Gb/s
80 km
MS100228DB
1.25 Gb/s
80 km
MS100191A
125 Mb/s
20 km
20 km
MS100191B
125 Mb/s
MS100364D
1.0625..4.25 Gb/s
4 km
MS100366D
1.0625..4.25 Gb/s
10 km
MS100368D
1.0625..4.25 Gb/s
30 km
MS100241*
1.0625..2.125 Gb/s
10 km
MS100242*
1.0625..2.125 Gb/s
50 km
MS100243*
1.0625..2.125 Gb/s
80 km
MS100244*
1.0625..2.125 Gb/s
110 km
MS100180
155..266 Mb/s
2 km
MS100181
155..266 Mb/s
15 km
MS100060D
100..2488 Mb/s
2 km
MS100061D
100..2488 Mb/s
15 km
MS100063D
100..2488 Mb/s
40 km
MS100062D
100..2488 Mb/s
40 km
MS100064D
100..2488 Mb/s
80 km
MS100040D
622 Mb/s
15 km
MS100041D
622 Mb/s
40 km
MS100042D
622 Mb/s
80 km
MS100193
155 Mb/s
2 km
transmission speed
range
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
module
SFP+
FTLX1471D3BCL
10.5 Gb/s
FTLX1471D3BCV
10.3 Gb/s
10 km
FTLF1328P2BNV
8.5 Gb/s
1.4 km
FTLF1428P2BNV
8.5 Gb/s
10 km
FTLX1471D3BNL
10.5 Gb/s
10 km
FTLX1671D3BCL
10.3 Gb/s
40 km
FTLX1471D3BTL
10.5 Gb/s
10 km
FTLX1472M3BCL
11.3 Gb/s
10 km
TELECOM
MAN
WAN
LAN
xWDM
10 km
SFP and SFP+ modules
A
ABSORPTION IN A FIBRE
Absorption of energy by the fibre’s material.
ADAPTER/CONNECTOR (FIBRE OPTICS)
Centering element coupling two fibre connectors.
ADSS
All Dielectric Self-Supporting overhead cable.
ACCEPTANCE CONE
An acceptance cone is formed based on the critical angle condition of Total Internal Reflection. In that way, solid angle of the cone is determined. Within its radius,
the energy injected goes into the core, while any energy inserted with an angle higher than this solid angle results in leakage.
ATTENUATION
The loss of optical power per unit length of a fibre. Does not introduce distortions to the carried signal. Attenuation is expressed in decibels per kilometer (dB/km)
or decibels per meter (dB/m).
ATTENUATOR
Optical network element used for attenuating optical signal by a given value expressed in dB.
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY
C
CABLELOK
Mechanical, non-heat shrink cable sealing for fibre optic enclosures.
FBT COUPLER
Passive optical element made by streching twisted fibre units over flame of a gas-jet.
CLADDING
Layer surrounding fibre’s core, having lower refractive index than the core.
CWDM
Channel multiplexing method with coarse wavelength division allowing on one fibre for up to 18 channels separated by 20 nm distance.
CIRCULATOR (FIBRE OPTICS)
Pasywny element optyczny, pozwalający na odseparowanie fal świetlnych o tej samej długości, przesyłanych w przeciwnych kierunkach w światłowodzie.
W systemach telekomunikacyjnych stosowany, jako zwielokrotnienie falowe umożliwiające nadawanie i odbiór sygnału optycznego o tej samej długości,
za pomocą pojedynczego włókna światłowodowego.
CONNECTOR (FIBRE OPTICS)
Detachable connection allowing for proper transmisson between paired fibes and ensuring reliable, mechanical contact due to proper polishing and fibre centering.
CORE (FIBRE OPTICS)
Central part in fibre’s cross-section, surrounded by cladding of lower refractive index. Light is transmitted through the core by the Total Internal Reflection
phenomena, occurying on the boundary of core and cladding.
204
GLOSSARY
D
dB
Decibel. Logarithmic unit describing ratio of two values. In fibre optic telecommunication it is used for specifying insertion losses, return losses, isolation.
dBm
A logarithmic unit relative to 1 mW of power.
DWDM
Wavelength mulitiplexing with dense channel distribution. Enables for transmissionmultiple wavelengths, separated by e.g. 0.4 nm, 0.8 nm, 1.6 nm on one fibre.
DISPERSION
Phenomena arising in optical path causing a distortion in time of a signal that results in pulse deformation and broadening.
DISPERSION -CHROMATIC
Degradation of an optical signal caused by non-ideal spectrum width of a pulse. The chromatic dispersion is composed of waveguide and material dispersions. Problematic mainly for single-mode fibres.
DISPERSION - WAVEGUIDE
Signal degradation resulting from the fact that part of its power propagates in fibre’s core and part in cladding (in materials of different refractive indices). The
amount of light that propagated in either of the two layers is dependent on frequency of optical wave.
DISPERSION - MATERIAL
Pulse deformation caused by the dependence of the refractive index on wavelength.
DISPERSION - MODAL
Phenomena occurring in multi-mode fibres, causing pulse broadening. Arises from different group velocities for different modes in a considered fibre.
DISPERSION - POLARIZATION MODE
Pulse degradation resulting from different optical paths for perpendicular components of light’s mode.
DISTRIBUTION BOX (FIBRE OPTICS)
Element of an optical network, used for termination of feeder cables. Ensures proper organisation and protection of splices, storage of fibre supply and connection
to active devices.
E
ENCLOSURE (FIBRE OPTICS)
Protection of undetachable fibre connections (splices).
F
FERRULE
Precisely made sleeve for centric fixing and stiffening optical fibre in a connector.
FTTA
Fiber To The Antenna - variation of FTTX technology, employed in wireless radio systems. Signal is fed by means of optical link from a Base Transceiver Station to
Remote Radio Heads, situated in the vicinity of one or more antennas.
FTTB
Fiber To The Building - variation of FTTX technology, where fibre is delivered directly to a building and terminated in an indoor distribution frame.
FTTC
Fiber To The Curb - variation of FTTX technology, where fibre is delivered to a group of buildings and terminated in a street distribution frame.
FTTD
Fiber To The Desk - variation of FTTX technology, where fibre is delivered directly to subscriber’s desk.
FTTH
Fiber To The Home - variation of FTTX technology, where fibre is delivered directly to subscriber’s outlet.
FTTx
Fiber To The x - optical fibre network infrastructure technology. ‚x’ specifies the place where optical fibre is delivered directly.
FRP
Fibre Reinforced Plastic - plastic reinforced with glass fibre, employed as e.g. strengthening element for fibre optic cables.
205
GLOSSARY
G
GRADED-INDEX FIBRE
Optical fibre where refractive index decreases with the distance for the center of a core. On the boundary with cladding, it reaches the value of cladding’s
refractive index. Graded-index fibres are multi-mode fibres (large Numerical Aperture) of small dispersion.
GBIC
GigaBit Interface Converter - transceiver employed in telecomm solutions. An optical or copper interface for active devices. Because of its large dimensions, was
succeded by SFP or Mini-GBIC.
GPON
Gigabit Passive Optical Network - passive optical network standard based on sharing signal from one fibre on multiple users.
H
HDPE
High Density Poliethylen, a material from which fibre optic cables’ outer sheaths,telecom manholes and underground plastic pits are made.
HYBRID ADAPTER/CONNECTOR
Centering element coupling two fibre connectors of different standards.
I
IK
Coefficient describing equipment’s ability to resist mechanical impacts.
IP
Coefficient describing equipment’s ability to resist environmental influence - fluids and solids.
ISOLATOR (FIBRE OPTICS)
Optical element that passes light only in one direction.
IMMERSION FLUID/GEL
Material, whose refractive index value is close to the refractive index of fibre’s core. Increases reflection losses.
L
LAN
Local Area Network - a type of computer network which interconnects devices in a constrained neighbourhood.
LASER
Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Optical device emitting coherent beam of electromagnetic radiation.
LSOH
Low Smoke Zero Halogen - halogen free material, not sustaining flames and emmiting a limited amount of fumes while burning. Meets the fire requirements for
indoor installations.
LOSSES - REFLECTION
Ratio between power inserted into optical link and reflected power by the end of the link expressed with a positive sign. Describing the reflected power in a
technical specs of a device, it is advised to use term: reflectance.
LOSSES - INSERTION
Power losses resulting from inserting new element into optical link. Expressed in logarithmic form (dB) as a ratio between power of light reaching receiver before
insertion to the power received after insertion.
M
MICRODUCTS
System of microtubes alternative to traditional telecomm ducts.
MULTI-MODE FIBRE
Optical fibre able to carry discrete modes of the same wavelengths but different optical paths.
MICROTUBE
Tube of small diameter (3.5 up to 14 mm) employed in microduct systems.
206
GLOSSARY
MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS
Parameter describing the maximum degree to which cable can be bent that will not be detrimental neither for the transmission parameters nor the internal
structure.
MODE
Distribution of an electromagnetic field in a fiber corresponding to an angle of propagation of a wave.
xWDM MULTIPLEXER
Element of an optical network coupling signals transmitted on different wavelengths into one fibre. ‚x’ represents density of wavelength division.
N
NUMERICAL APERTURE
Describes the ability of an optical fiber to accept useful energy from a transmitting/amplifying device.
O
ODF
Optical Distribution Frame - a passive construction for cable termination, interconnection between devices and network organization
OLT
Optical Line Termination - distribution device, central unit.
ONT
Optical Network Termination at the end user.
ONU
Optical Network Unit - device terminating optical network in a local distrubution point.
OPGW
Optical Ground Wire with a central tube containing optical fibres.
OPTICAL FIBRE
Transmission medium made of dielectric material, composed of core and cladding. In order to guide light in the core, the cladding has to have lower refractive
index than the core.
P
PATCHCORD
Fragment of optical fibre ended by a connector on each side.
PATCHING
It is a possibility of performing easy reconnections with fibre optic connectors..
PIGTAIL
Fragment of optical fibre ended by a connector on one side.
POF
Plastic Optical Fibre, a fibre where core is made of plastic instead of glass.
PON
Passive Optical Network - network utilizing single-mode fibre as a transmission medium between OLT central device and subscriber’s termination ONT. Signal in
the PON network is distributed by passive optical splitters.
PRIMARY FIBRE SHEATH
Protective layer laid straight on an optical fibre during its production process. Protects against harmful environment.
R
CONNECTOR REFLECTANCE (FIBRE OPTICS)
The ratio between input power and power reflected from an optical device or end-device, expressed in dB with minus sign. For characterizing the reflected power
from the end of an optical link, it is advised to use the term: return losses.
REFLECTOMETER, OTDR (FIBRE OPTICS)
Measurement device for analysing parameters of optical fibre links. Enables locating events like connections, splices, damages and bends.
207
GLOSSARY
REFRACTIVE INDEX
Ratio between speed of light in vaccum and speed of light in a given medium.
S
SFP
Small From-factor Pluggable or Mini-GBIC is a compact transceiver widely used in telecommunications. Constitutes optical or copper interface for active devices.
Because of small dimensions, replaces GBIC.
PLC SPLITTER
Passive optical network element splitting optical power, manufactured in planar technique.
SINGLE-MODE FIBRE
Fibres having core diameter and numerical aperture small enough to accept and guide only one mode.
T
TOTAL INTERNAL REFLECTION
Principle of operation of an optical fibre. Phenomena taking place on a boundary of two medias of different refractive indices.
W
WDM
Wavelength Division Multiplexing - optical transmission technique, based on multiplexing in wavelength domain. WDM allow for parallel, simultaneous and
independent transmission of many optical waves of different lengths in one fibre.
19” CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET STP-19........................................ 56
B
19” DISTRIBUTION PANEL BK-19................................................. 51
BLOWING EQUIPMENT............................................................... 138
19” EXCESS CABLE TRAY SZ-19.................................................. 50
BRACKETS AND CLASPS.............................................................. 84
19” PATCH PANEL ADAPTER PLATE CUT-OUTS............................. 50
BRANCH BOXES......................................................................... 109
19” PATCH PANEL BPK-19........................................................... 51
BRIDGES AND MEDIA CONVERTERS........................................... 198
19” SPLICE PANEL BP-19............................................................ 52
BZK FIBRE OPTIC CABLE EXTENSION DRUM................................. 20
A
C
AC6, AC7, AC10 ANCHORING CLAMP.......................................... 154
CABLE DUCTING SYSTEM............................................................ 65
ACADSS ANCHORING CLAMP..................................................... 157
Cable gland OPGW-2 ............................................................... 83
ACCESS PLATFORM................................................................... 199
CABLE ORGANISERS UT............................................................... 70
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES................................. 66
CABLING WITHIN CUSTOMER APARTMENT................................. 118
ACCESSORIES FOR DISTRIBUTION FRAMES................................. 67
CCU1577 UNIVERSAL CABLE..................................................... 150
ACCESSORIES FOR EASY ACCESS CABLES ................................ 108
CCU5030 AERIAL CABLE............................................................ 147
ADDITIONAL TOOLS................................................................... 140
CCU5031 AERIAL CABLE............................................................ 146
ADSS CABLE GLAND.................................................................... 83
CCU5032 AERIAL CABLE............................................................ 145
AERIAL BRANCH CLOSURE EMT-9257........................................ 135
CI-1100, DI-1000 - VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPES.............. 179
AERIAL FIGURE-8 MICRODUCTS................................................. 133
COMPACT FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX PSM-4...................... 43
INDEKS
INDEX
CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS SUMMARY.................................. 15
CONTENTS................................................................................... 1
DIRECT BURY FILLED METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DBFMF......... 133
CR-3 OPTICAL CIRCULATOR ....................................................... 26
DIRECT BURY METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DBMF ...................... 126
CR-4 & CR-8 OPTICAL CIRCULATORS ......................................... 27
DIRECT BURY MICRODUCTS DB ............................................... 130
CRIMP&CLEAVE DIAMOND CONNECTORS .................................. 14
DIRECT INSTALL METAL FREE MICRODUCTS DIMF ................... 134
CS CONSOLE + BQC12X50 HOOK BOLT ................................... 161
DIRECT INSTALL MICRODUCTS DI ............................................ 131
CS1500 POLE BRACKET ........................................................... 161
DWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER ................................... 32
CSM SERIES POWER METER .................................................... 191
CSS1 LIGHT SOURCE ............................................................... 192
CT8 UNIVERSAL CONSOLE ....................................................... 160
CWDM MULTIPLEXER & DEMULTIPLEXER ................................... 31
CZZO, TCZ, PSP, ISP, CHBP - CLEANING TOOLS ......................... 180
D
E
E-2000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ........................ 8
E-2000 PS DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ................... 8
EC13, EC13T GROUNDING CLAMP............................................ 162
EMT-9087 TOOL KIT ................................................................ 140
ER1610R, ER2012 GROUNDING ROD........................................ 163
DCU FIBRE OPTIC CUTTER ....................................................... 175
ERC16, ERC20 COPPER CLAMP................................................ 163
DIN, FSMA CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS.................................. 13
EW49, EWI46 GROUNDING WIRE .............................................. 162
DIRECT BURY CLOSURES ......................................................... 135
EWDM EDGE MULTIPLEXER ........................................................ 30
210
F
F-3000 DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ......................... 9
INDEKS
KS-3E, KSH TRAYS ...................................................................... 37
L
FBT COUPLER ............................................................................. 33
LC CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ................................................. 9
FC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ............................... 11
LOW FIRE HAZARD INTERNAL CLOSURES.................................. 136
FC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS............................ 11
LOW FIRE HAZARD MICRODUCTS LFH ....................................... 132
FDN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ............................................ 76
LTA1596 UNIVERSAL CABLE ...................................................... 149
FIBRE MANIFOLDS ...................................................................... 68
LTA1597 AERIAL CABLE ............................................................ 148
FIBRE OPTIC ATTENUATORS ........................................................ 17
FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR CABLE TAGS ......................................... 183
FIBRE OPTIC TERMINATORS ........................................................ 17
FIBRE UNITS ............................................................................. 124
FIELD OF APPLICATION ICONS ....................................................... 3
FIS FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ......... 178
FITEL S FUSION SPLICERS ........................................................ 176
FRBU FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE .......................................... 75
FSM-60S SINGLE FIBRE ARC FUSION SPLICER .......................... 177
FTS OPTICAL PHONE ................................................................. 195
FTTA SYSTEM PATCHCORDS ..................................................... 170
FTTO COMPONENTS ................................................................. 199
FUSION CONNECTORS ................................................................ 14
FWDM MULTIPLEXER .................................................................. 29
G
M
MICROTUBE CONNECTORS ....................................................... 137
MI-DIAMOND FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ..........178
MINICABLES ............................................................................. 125
MK III A CABLE TIE TENSIONING GUN......................................... 182
MK-5 SPLICE BOX ....................................................................... 44
MK-72, MK-144 SPLICE BOX ...................................................... 45
MODULE MPK-12........................................................................ 55
MODULE MPK-12 (FOR PSU-300/432) ........................................ 61
MODULE MPS-19/12/W .............................................................. 54
MODULES MPK-48, MPK-72 (FOR PSU-1) ................................... 59
MODULES MPS-19/12, MPS-19/12/K.......................................... 53
MP-16D SHAFT SPLICE BOX ..................................................... 111
MPPO CLOSURE.......................................................................... 36
MS MODULE ............................................................................... 37
GSDE AR HELICAL DEAD END .................................................... 159
MSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE BOX ....................................... 44
GSHS AR HELICAL SUSPENSION ................................................ 158
MT-RJ CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ......................................... 13
H
HEAT SHRINK SPLICE PROTECTORS ............................................ 70
HEAVY-WALL MICRODUCT BUNDLES DBMF............................... 128
HEAVY-WALL TUBE BUNDLES DBMF.......................................... 129
HPC1626 EASY ACCESS FIBRE .................................................. 107
HPC1628 EASY ACCESS FIBRE .................................................. 106
HUX FERRULE CLEANER............................................................ 180
HYBRID ADAPTERS ..................................................................... 16
I
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS ........................................................ 21
INDUSTRIAL CONVERTERS ........................................................ 198
IZL OPTICAL ISOLATOR ............................................................... 35
J
JHC1015, JHC1520 J-HOOK CLAMP ......................................... 157
K
KNIVES AND STRIPPERS FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CABLES ............... 182
MU CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ................................................ 9
MUF-1 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ........................................ 77
MUF-2 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ........................................ 78
MUF-3 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ........................................ 79
MUF-4 FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE ........................................ 80
MULTIPIGTAILS, MULTIPATCHCORDS ........................................... 18
MULTIPLEXING ............................................................................ 24
MULTIPURPOSE PIGTAIL ............................................................. 19
N
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS WITH DETACHED HOUSES ..112
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN MULTI-DWELLING BUILDINGS DEVELOPMENTS ..............98
NGO-12 WALL-MOUNTED FIBRE OPTIC OUTLET ........................ 120
NMS-4, NMS-6 WALL MOUNTED SPLICE BOX ............................. 46
NMS-6 OUTDOOR SPLICE CLOSURE/OPTICAL CROSS - CONNECT SPLICE BOX.. 117
NON-HEATSHRINK CABLE SEAL CABLELOK ................................. 82
NOYES M200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER .................................. 189
NOYES OFL280 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER ............................... 188
211
NOYES TURBOSET 500 INSERTION AND REFLECTION LOSS METER ...........190
NSR-12 AERIAL DISTRIBUTION BOX ......................................... 144
O
OFI OPTICAL FIBRE IDENTIFICATOR .......................................... 193
OFS-300 FIBRE OPTIC CONNECTOR INSPECTION MICROSCOPE ..........178
INDEKS
PSU-1 (VER. 350 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET ...................... 57
PSU-1 (VER. 600 MM) CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET ...................... 58
PSU-300/432 CENTRAL OFFICE CABINET ................................... 60
PSW-12/DIN FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ............................ 43
S
OLS LIGHT SOURCE ................................................................. 192
SC DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS ............................. 10
OLTS5 INSERTION LOSS METER ............................................... 190
SC MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .......................... 10
OPM SERIES POWER METER .................................................... 191
SC39B SUSPENSION CLAMP .................................................... 155
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT .......................................... 49
SC39C SUSPENSION CLAMP .................................................... 155
OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION FRAMES - SUMMARY ............................ 64
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES ........................................................ 200
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS ...................... 166
SFP AND SFP+ MODULES ........................................................ 201
OPTICAL FIBRE IN WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS ...................... 167
SMART CLEANER FERRULE CLEANER ...................................... 180
OPTICAL TRANSPORT PLATFORMS CWDM/DWDM ................... 198
SOC, UCI ADAPTERS................................................................. 195
OTDR DEAD ZONE FIBRE BOX .................................................... 19
SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES AND RACKS - SUMMARY ............ 95
OZNL CABLE MARKERS ON STICK DISPENSER ......................... 183
SPLICE CLOSURES AND CONNECTION SHEATS - SUMMARY ...... 81
OZRWL CABLE MARKER ROLL DISPENSER ............................... 183
SPLICE TRAYS ............................................................................ 69
P
PIGTAILS AND PATCHCORDS ....................................................... 6
PLC SPLITTER ............................................................................ 34
PPO-19 FRAME .......................................................................... 36
PRIMARY MICROTUBES 1DBMF................................................ 127
PROTECTIVE TUBES AND CONDUITS........................................... 71
PS-19/120/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL..................................... 53
PS-19/144/3U MODULAR PATCH PANEL..................................... 54
PS-19/144/4U MODULAR PATCH PANEL..................................... 55
PS-3 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................... 40
PS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION FRAME ................................... 62
PS-5 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................... 41
PS-8 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................... 42
PSB FIBRE OPTIC EXTENSION CORD .......................................... 20
PS-CCS-1 SPLICE CLOSURE/CROSS-CONNECT SPLICE BOX ..... 116
PSH-2 OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................... 105
PSH-2 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ..................... 47
PSH-3 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME .............. 169
PSH-3 OUTDOOR FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ..................... 48
PSH-4 FIBRE OPTIC OUTDOOR DISTRIBUTION FRAME .............. 168
PSMO MULTI-OPERATOR DISTRIBUTION BOX ........................... 104
PSP FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ....................................... 101
PSPE FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX ..................................... 102
PSS-1, PSS-2 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ....... 114
PSS-3, PSS-4 FIBRE OPTIC DISTRIBUTION/SPLICE PILLAR ....... 115
SRO PULLEY ............................................................................ 156
SS1025 SUSPENSION BELT ...................................................... 156
ST DIAMOND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS .............................. 12
ST MONOBLOK CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS........................... 12
STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATES .................................................. 3
STREET CABINET PU - FTTX DISTRIBUTION NODE .................... 100
STREET CABINETS PU ................................................................ 63
SUBSCRIBER PIGTAIL WITH G.657 A2 FIBRE ............................. 121
SVA1 TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ................................................... 194
SZ-1, SZ-1.2, SZ-1.3 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOXES ................. 86
SZ-2, SZ-2.2, SZ-2.3 CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAMES................ 87
SZ-3 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE FRAME ............................................... 88
SZ-4, SZ-4.2 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX................................... 89
SZ-5 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX ............................................... 90
SZ-6 CABLE UNCOILING RACK ................................................... 91
SZ-7/N CABLE SPARE LENGTH FRAME ....................................... 92
SZ-8 SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX ............................................... 94
SZKL EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOX ................................ 103
SZKL SPARE LENGTH CABLE BOX .............................................. 93
SZKLD EASY ACCESS CABLE COILING BOXES ........................... 110
T
TOOL KIT EMT-9087 ................................................................ 139
U
UFC FIBRE OPTIC SPLICE CLOSURE............................................ 74
UNC1629 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE ........................................... 153
212
UNC1630 OUTDOOR DROP CABLE ............................................ 152
UNC1630, UNC1634 CABLE ...................................................... 171
UNC1636 AERIAL CABLE ........................................................... 151
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-1 .............................................. 85
UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIT ZK-3 .............................................. 85
UPB UNIVERSAL POLE BRACKET ............................................... 160
V
VIM - DIAMOND VIDEO INSPECTION MICROSCOPE .................... 179
VOA5-MM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ............................................ 194
VOA6-SM TUNABLE ATTENUATOR ............................................. 194
W
WDM MULTIPLEXER .................................................................... 28
WMOKS FIBRE OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION KIT ........................ 181
WZKCZD FIELD CONNECTOR CLEANNESS CONTROL SUITCASE KIT .... 181
Y
YOKOGAWA AQ1200 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER ....................... 187
YOKOGAWA AQ7275 OPTICAL REFLECTOMETER ....................... 186
Z
Z30/34 SUSPENSION CLAMP .................................................... 156
ZEUS SPLICING KIT ................................................................... 174
INDEKS
OPTOMER
Julian Meller | Zdzislaw Rzetelski sp. j.
8 Kaczencowa Street | 91-214 Lodz
POLAND
Office: tel.:/fax: +48 426 110 100
Sales Department: tel.:/fax: +48 426 405 215
e-mail: [email protected]
www.optomer.pl
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement